YUKEN Hydraulic Equipment - Hydrolico International inc.

Transcription

E
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ....................................................................................................Page 331
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves............................................................................Page 331
“
” Series Shockless Type Directional Valves ......................................................................................Page 331
Pilot/Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves ......................................................................Page 331
Poppet Type Directional Valves ..............................................................................................................Page 451
Check/Pilot Controlled Check Valves ......................................................................................................Page 497
327
■Directional Valves
These valve are used for shifting oil flow direction of hydraulic circuit and for actuator starting/stopping as well as the
operating direction shifting of actuator.
● Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
● Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
●"
" Series Shockless Type Directional Valves
● Pilot /Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
● Poppet Type Directional Valves
● Check /Pilot Controlled Check Valves
328
Directional Valves
Hydraulic Fluids
1. Type of Fluids
Any type of hydraulic fluid, listed in the table below can be used.
Type of Fluids
Remarks
Petroleum Base Oils
Synthetic Fluids
Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG32 or VG46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester type. When phosphate ester
type fluid is to be used, prefix “F-” to the model number
because a special seal (fluororubber) will be used.
1)
Use water-glycol fluids or W/O emulsion type fluids.
Water Containing Fluids
Notes 1: Not applicable with G-DSG and G-DSHG series valves.
2: For two types of manually operated directional valves, DMT- 06 and DMT- 10 , only petroleum base oils
10X
06X
and polyol ester type fluids are available.
3: Water-glycol fluids cannot be used for two types of solenoid operated poppet type two-way valves; CDST03✻ and CDSG-03 types.
4: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives is
advance.
E
2. Recommended Viscosity and Oil Temperatures
Viscosity
Name
Oil Temperature
DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
20 – 200 mm2/s
(100 – 900 SSU)
–15 – +60°C
(5 – 140°F)
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Multi Purpose Control Valves
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves
Pilot Controlled Directional Valves
Manually Operated Directional Valves
Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Check Valves
Pilot Controlled Check Valves
15 – 400 mm2/s
(80 – 1800 SSU)
–15 – +70°C
(5 – 160°F)
G Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
(Shifting Time Adjustable)
15 – 200 mm2/s
(80 – 900 SSU)
–15 – +60°C
(5 – 140°F)
Directional Valves
Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
3. Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorter the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
12. Use 25 µm or finer line filter (In case of DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, NAS1638-Grade
11. Use 20 µm or finer line filter).
Directional Valves
329
■ Water-proof, dust-proof and vibration-resistance
There properties are in compliance with the following standards.
(The marking of indicates compliance)
Item
Standard
Type
JIS F8001
Water-proof test
for marine
electric appliance
Class 1 water spray
Drip-proof construction
Class 2 water spray
Froth-roof construction
JIS D0203
Damp-proof and
Water-proof test
for automobile
parts
★2
JIS C0920
Water-proof Water-proof test
for electromechanical parts
an wiring
materials
(I.E.C)
PUBL. 529
Dust-proof
(I.E.C)
PUBL. 529
Description
Compliance
(S-/T-/L-)DSG-01
G-DSG-01
DSHG-01
DSHG-03 E-DSG-01 G-DSG-03
DSG-005 (S-)DSHG-04 (S-/E-/T-/L-) G-DSHG-04
(S-)DSHG-06
DSG-03 G-DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
Damp-proof test M1 Test to examine damp-resistance of parts
to examine functions of part under high
Damp-proof test M2 Test
temperature and high humidity
to examine functions of parts which are
Splash-proof test R1 Test
likely to be exposed to water splash.
to examine functions of parts which are
Splash-proof test R2 Test
indirectly exposed to stormy weather or water splash.
Drip-proof type
Not affected by water dropping at vertical angle of 15 degrees or less.
Rain-proof type
Not affected by rain fall at vertical angle of 60 degrees or less.
Froth-proof type
Not affected by water drip from any dirction.
Jet-flow proof type Not affected by jet flow from any direction.
Protection Class 2: Not affected by water drip falling at vertical angle of
Drip-proof type (2) 15 degrees or less.
Protection Class 3: Not affected by rain falling at vertical angle of 60
Rain-proof type
degrees or less.
Protection Class 4: Not affected by water drip from any direction.
Froth-proof type
Protection Class 5: Not affected by jet flow from any direction.
Jet-flow proof type
Protection Class 6
Fully protected from entry of dust.
Vibration range: 7-59.5 Hz
Resonace test (IC) Duplex amplitude: 0.1 mm
Grade 1: duplex amplitude-0.5 mm
Grade A: Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis
JIS D1601
Class 1:
having relatively low vibration.
Vibration test for mainly for parts of
Grade B: Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis
automobile parts passenger car
having relatively low vibration.
Grade C: Parts mounted in engine having relatively low
vibration
JIS C0911 Fixed frequency
Frequence: 20 Hz
Vibration test for resistance test (IIC)
small electric
appliances
Vibrationresistance
Variable frequency
Frequency range: 7-59.5 Hz
resistance test (IIIC)
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
(2D✻)★1
★1 : No-spring detented type (2D✻) and No-spring type (2N✻) can be used when energised continous for position holding.
★2 : For outdoor use, protect equipment with a cover, etc., to prevent direct exposure to water.
330
Directional Valves
★1
★1
★1
★1
★1
★1
DSLG
DSLHG
DSP❇
CDS❇
“ ” Series Shockless Type Directional Valves
Pilot / Manually / Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Valve Type
Maximum Flow
Max.
Operating
Pressure
Graphic Symbols
MPa (PSI)
25 (3600)
.3
1
.5
2
1
2
5
10
20
50
b
T
A
B
P
T
A
B
b
361
DSG−03
E−DSG−01
16 (2320)
378
T−S−DSG−01
379
35 (5080)
T−DSG−01
25 (3600)
T−S−DSG−03
T
DSHG−01
25 (3600)
B
a
379
T−DSG−03
21 (3050)
DSHG−03
b
P
344
S−DSG−03
25 (3600)
b
Y
500 1000 2000 5000
L /min
E−DSG−03
a
A
Page
L−DSG−03
31.5 (4580)
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated
Directional Valve
U.S.GPM
500 1000
DSG−01
35 (5080)
16 (2320)
a
P
100 200
S−DSG−01
31.5 (4580)
Electronic Relay
Incorporated
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves
100 200
L−DSG−01
25 (3600)
Low Wattage (5W) Type
Dolenoid Operated
Directional Valves
50
B
a
P
20
336
25 (3600)
A
10
DSG−005
16 (2320)
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves
5
381
DSHG−04/S−DSHG−04
T
31.5 (4580)
“ ” Series Shockless Type
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves
Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves
Pilot Operated
Directional Valves
A B
a
b
A
B
P
T
b
Y
X
A
P
A
B
P
T
A
B
P
T
412
G−DSG−03
a
Manually Operated
Directional Valves
Mechanically Operated
Directional Valves
G−DSG−01
25 (3600)
P T
G−DSHG−04
25 (3600)
418
G−DSHG−06
Y
B
31.5 (4580)
21 (3050)
DHG−04 06 10
Threaded Connection (DMT) 03 06 10
31.5 (4580) Sub-plate connection (DMG) 01
T
A
P
7 (1020)
Rotary (DR T
G)
25 (3600)
Cam Operated (DC T
G) 01 03
02
B
T
Directional Valves
03
04
06
423
429
10
441
331
■ Spool Types
Spool types are classified to the condition of flow at the neutral position.
Spool Type
(
(
2
Closed Centre
All Ports
3
Open Centre
All Ports
Graphic Symbols
)
)
A
B
P
T
A
B
P
T
A
B
P
T
A
B
Schematic Drawing
(Centre Position)
Holds pump pressure and cylinder position at neutral. Care
should be paid if used as a 2-position type because shock
occurs when each port is blocked in transit.
T B P A
Pump can be unloaded and actuator is floating at neutral.
If a 2-position type is used, shock is reduced as each ports is
released to tank in transit.
T B P A
4
(Open Centre A, B&T)
(
40
Open Centre A, B&T
Restricted Flow
T B P A
(
(
(
60
Open Centre P&T
Open Crossover
P
T
A
B
T B P A
It can be used when a pump is unloading at neutral and actuator
is halted at one way flow.
P
T
A
B
T B P A
Pump is unloading and actuator position held at neutral.
Suitable for series operation.
)
P
T
A
B
T B P A
It is a variation of spool type “6”.
Shock is reduced as each port is released to tank on transit.
)
7
Open Centre All Ports
Restricted Flow
P
T
A
B
T B P A
Mainly used as a 2-position type. Shock is reduced on transit.
)
P
T
A
B
P
T
A
B
T B P A
Pump pressure and cylinder position is held at neutral in the
same way as spool type “2”.
It is used as 2 way type.
8
(2-Way)
T B P A
9
(Open Centre P, A&B)
Regenerative circuit is provided at neutral.
P
T
A
B
T B P A
Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at
neutral.
10
(Open Centre B&T)
P
T
A
B
T B P A
Halt actuator movement positively at B, T ports blocked P, A
ports connected at neutral.
11
(Open Centre P&A)
P
T
A
B
T B P A
Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at
neutral.
12
(Open Centre A&T)
P
332
Pump pressure is held and actuator is floated at neutral.
2-position type is used when system pressure is required to be
held in transit. Shock during transit is less compared to spool
type “2”.
In a variation of spool type “4”, a restrictor is provided in A-T
and B-T ports. Making it faster at stopping the actuator.
)
5
(Open Centre P, A&T)
6
Open Centre P&T
Closed Crossover
Functions and Applications
T
T B P A
Directional Valves
■ Mounting Surface
Mounting surface dimensions conform to ISO 4401, Hydraulic fluid power-Four-Port directional control valvesMounting surfaces.
Model Numbers
ISO Code of Mounting Surface
()
S–
L–
E– DSG–01
T–
G–
DSHG–01
DMG–01
DCG–01
ISO 4401–AB–03–4–A
()
S–
L–
E– DSG–03
T–
G–
DMG–03
DCG–03
ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A
DSHG–03
ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A✻
( )
ISO 4401–AD–07–4–A
S– DSHG–04
G–
DHG–04
DMG–04
S– DSHG–06
G–
DHG–06
DMG–06
( )
E
(S–) DSHG–10
DHG–10
DMG–10
Directional Valves
ISO 4401–AE–08–4–A
ISO 4401–AF–10–4–A
✻ The main port conform to the ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A.
The pilot and drain ports is sccordance with the ISO original draft.
Interchangeability in Installation between Current and New Design
Model change has been made on the following product.
The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of “Interchangeability in
Installation between Current and New Design.” Refer to relevant pages on each series.
Model Numbers
Name
Currrent
DSG–005 Series Solenoid DSG–005–
DSG–01 Series Solenoid
( )
1/8,3/8 Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional
Valves
1/2 Solenoid Controlled
Valves
3/4,1–1/4 Solenoid Controlled
Valves
DSHG–01–
DSHG–03–
S–
L– DSG–01–
T–
Interchangeability Related
in Installation
Page
New
– –30/3090
– –60/6090
– –13/1390
– –13/1390
DSG–005–
DSG–005–
( )
S–
L– DSG–01–
T–
DSHG–01–
DSHG–03–
Major Changes
– –40/4090
– – N –40/4090
N1
Yes
—
●
●
●
High Flow
Low Pressure Drop
Din-connector type solenoid in addition
– –70/7090
Yes
357
●
●
High Pressure and High Flow
Low Pressure Drop
Yes
—
●
Pilot valve has been changed
from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.
●
●
– –14/1490
– –14/1490
(S–) DSHG–04–
– –51/5190 (S–) DSHG–04–
– –52/5290
Yes
—
(S–) DSHG–06–
(S–) DSHG–10–
– –52/5290 (S–) DSHG–06–
– –42/4290 (S–) DSHG–10–
– –53/5390
– –43/4390
Yes
—
Directional Valves
333
■ Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves
WIDE RANGE OF MODELS – Choose the optimum valve to
meet your needs from a largeselection available.
H
S
1100
(291)
Maximum Flow L / min (U.S.GPM)
500
(132)
H
: High Pres., High Flow, Low Pres. Drop Type
S
: Shockless Type
G
: Shockless Type [Shifting Time Adjustable]
P
: Low Pressure Drop Type
E
: Low Wattage Type
(S–)DSHG–10
H
S
(S–)DSHG–06
H
S
G
300
(79.3)
(S–)DSHG–04
250
(66.1)
G–DSHG–06
S
160
(42.3)
G
P
G–DSHG–04
DSHG–03
H
S
120
(31.7)
S–DSG–03
100
(26.4)
G
80
(21.1)
H
DSG–03
DSG–01
G–DSG–03
E
63
(16.6)
S
S–DSG–01
E–DSG–03
L-DSG-03 [60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM)]
S
G
E
40
(10.6)
E
30
(7.9)
E–DSG–01
DSHG–01
E–DSG–01
15
(4.0)
0
G–DSG–01
DSG–005
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
25
(3630)
31.5
(4570)
Pressure MPa (PSI)
334
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves
35
(5080)
Instructions
● Mounting
DSG-005
-DSG-01
-DSG-03
No mounting restrictions for any model.
No-spring detented models not energised continuously must be installed so that
the spool axis L-L’ is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions.
L’
L
-DSG-01/03
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
(S-) DSHG-04
(S-) DSHG-06
(S-) DSHG-10
No-spring models not energised continuously must be installed so that the spool
axis L-L’ is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions.
,
L
L
-DSHG
E
● Energisation
1. No-Spring Type
One of two solenoids should be energised continuously to avoid malfunction.
2. On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the same time as it will result in coils burning out.
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Piping end of tank line should be submerged in oil.
● Pilot Drain Port for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Valve
Avoid connecting the valve pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Piping end of drain should be submerged in oil.
● Shockless Type
N
lbf.
150
30
Operating
Force
In order to benefit from a shockless operation, it is necessary to fill the
tank line with operating oil.
Only after the tank line has been filled with operating oil should the
valve be used on a regular basis.
20
100
10
50
0
● Operating Force be Manual Actuator
Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator increases in
proportion to the tank line back pressure. (See the graph right.)
05
G-0
r DS
pt fo
exce
05
DSG-0
0
1
0
100
2
200
300
4 MPa
3
400
500
PSI
Tank Line Back Pressure
Solenoid
■ Solenoid connector (DIN connector)
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluid power systems
and components-Three-pin electrical plug connectorsCharacteristics and requirements).
■ AC Solenoid
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is changed.
■ DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve)
These valves differ from conventional DC solenoid
operated directional valves and have the following
characteristics:
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated by
miniature relays.
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that
normally experienced.
3. Time lag on de-energisation is reduced by
approximately 50 %.
■ R type Models with Current Rectifier and DC
Solenoid
Specially designed DC solenoid and receptacle (or
connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient
peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made
to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.
Remarkably high reliability and long life and other
advantages including quiet valve operation. No overheating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection
against transient voltage peaks are assured.
■ RQ type Models with Current rectifier and Quick
Return Solenoid
Valve characteristics are identical to R type except for
the fast return time of the spool after deenergisation.
■ Insulation Class of Solenoid
Model numbers
Insulation Class
DSG-005, DSG-01, S-DSG01
L-DSG-01, E-DSG-01, T-DSG-01
DSG-03, S-DSG-03, L-DSG-03
E-DSG-03, T-DSG-03
DSHG-01/03/04/06/10, S-DSHG-04/-06/10
Class H
G-DSG-01, G-DSG-03
Class F
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Operated Controlled
Directional Valves
● Valve Tank Port
335
■ Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-005 Series
These DSG-005 series solenoid directional valves are the pro-ducts
newly developed as a “Mini-series”. Compared with DSG-01
series, the valve are much more compactly manufactured but enjoy a
maximum operating pressure of 25 MPa (3630 PSI) and a maximum
flow rate of 15 L/min (3.96 U.S.GPM), while contributing further to
a space saving requirement. Moreover, using wet armature
solenoids, the valves ensure the long life.
Flying Lead Wire Type
Plug-in Connector Type
■ Specifications
Max. Flow ★
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
DSG-005-3C DSG-005-2B -
-40/4090
-40/4090
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Max. Tank-Line
Back Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Max. Changeover
Frequency
min–1
(Cycles/min)
25
(3630)
7
(1020)
120
15
(3.96)
Approx. Mass
kg
(lbs.)
0.5 (1.1)
0.4 (.9)
★ The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve.
The maximum flow differs according to the type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the “List of Standard Models and Maximum
Flow” on pages 338 to 339.
■ Solenoid Rating
Voltage (V)
Electric Source
Coil Type
A100
AC
A200
DC
★2
D12
D24
Frequency
(Hz)
50
60
50
60
—
Current & Power at Rated Voltage
★1
Source Rating
Inrush
(A)
Holding
(A)
80 – 110
0.36
0.16
90 – 120
0.34
0.11
160 – 220
0.18
0.08
180 – 240
0.17
0.05
Serviceable
100
200
12
10.8 – 13.2
24
21.6 – 26.4
—
★1 Inrush current in the above table shows rms values at maximum stroke.
★2
336
DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
1.2
0.6
Power
(W)
—
15
■ Model Number Designation
F-
DSG
-005
-3
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
Number of
Valve Position
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester DSG:
Solenoid Operated
Type Fluids
Directional Valve
(Omit if not
required)
3
C
2
Spool-Spring
Spool Type Coil Type
Arrangement
C:
Spring Centred
2, 3
40
005
2
-D24
B:
Spring Offset
2, 3
-N
-40
Electrical Conduit Design Design
Connection
Number Standard
None: Flying Lead
AC
Wire Type
A100, A200 N: Plug-in
Connector Type
DC
N1: Plug-in
D12, D24
Connector with
Indicator Light
40
★
Refer to
★ Design Standards: None .......... Japanese Standard “JIS” and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
■ Sub-plates
1/8
1/4
European Design Standard
Thread
Sub-plate
Size
Model Numbers
Japanese Standard “JIS”
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
DSGM-005X-20
DSGM-005Y-20
DSGM-005X-2080
DSGM-005Y-2080
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
N. American Design Standard
Thread
Sub-plate
Size
Model Numbers
DSGM-005X-2090
DSGM-005Y-2090
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
■ Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 Pcs.)
Japanese Standard “JIS”
M4 × 35 Lg.
No. 8-32 UNC × 1-3/8 Lg.
Tightening Torque
2.5 - 3.5 Nm (22.1 - 31.0 in. lbs.)
■ Typical Changeover Time (Example)
Changeover time varies according to oil viscosity, spool type and hydraulic circuit.
ON
Solenoid
OFF
OFF
Spool Shift
0
0
Max.
T1
T2
E
DSG-005 Series Solenoid
Piping
Size
[Test Conditions]
Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate: 7.5 L/min (1.98 U.S.GPM)
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
Voltage: Rated Voltage (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
A
B
Direction of Flow: P
T
B
A
[Result of Measurement]
Model Numbers
DSG-005-3C2-A
DSG-005-3C2-D
DSG-005-2B2-A
DSG-005-2B2-D
Time ms
T2
T1
16
60
23
40
14
45
15
33
337
● Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005-
-A -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
■ List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
B
A
Max. Flow L/min
P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
Working Pressure MPa
Spring Centred
Three Positions
a
5
10
16
25
15
15
15
15
b
12
12
12
b
15
15
b
14
b
13.5
b
[ Port "B" Blocked]
B
P
[ Port "A" Blocked]
5
15(14)
15(12)
10
15(7)
12(3)
16
12(3)
5(1)
25
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
5
15(14)
15(12)
10
15(7)
12(3)
16
12(3)
5(1)
25
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15(14)
15(10)
15(6)
12(5)
12(2)
5(2)
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
14
14
14
2
1
1
1
15(14)
15(10)
15(14)
15(14)
13.5
13.5
13.5
3
3
3
3
AB
DSG-005-3C2
A
P
T
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
A B
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
15
P T
15(6)
12(2)
12(5)
5(2)
15(10) 13(5)
14(9)
8(4)
15(14) 15(11)
15(14) 15(11)
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
6(0.5)
4(0.5)
15(9)
15(9)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
(80% of rated voltage)
50 Hz, At rated voltage
The maximum flow rate is constant
regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of
any voltage variants within the
serviceable voltage
15
15 (14)
15 (14)
● Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005-
-D -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
B
A
Max. Flow L/min
P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
a
5
10
16
25
15
15
15
15
b
15
15
15
b
15
15
b
14
b
13.5
b
[ Port "B" Blocked]
P
B
[ Port "A" Blocked]
5
15
12
10
8
5
16
5
3
25
3
2
5
15
12
10
8
5
16
5
3
25
3
2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
13
9
8
5.5
5
3.5
15
13
9
8
5.5
5
3.5
14
14
14
8.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
15
15
11
11
7.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
8
7
8
9
15
15
15
9
5.5
13.5
10.5
AB
DSG-005-3C2
A
P
T
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
A B
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
P T
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
regardless of any voltage variants
within the serviceable voltage
338
15
13
9
At rated voltage
[after temperature rise and saturated]
At minimum serviceable voltage
● Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005-
-A -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Max. Flow U.S.GPM
P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
B
A
Working Pressure PSI
Spring Centred
Three Positions
a
[ Port "B" Blocked]
730
1450
2320
3630
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
b
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
b
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
b
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
.5
.3
.3
b
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
.8
.8
.8
b
P T
730
1450
2320
4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8)
4.0(3.2) 4.0(.8) 1.3(.3)
[ Port "A" Blocked]
3630
730
1450
2320
1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8)
.3(.1) 4.0(3.2) 3.2(.8) 1.3(.3)
3630
1.1(.1)
.3(.1)
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
P T
4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6) 3.2(.5)
4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3) 1.3(.5)
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
A B
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
B
P
AB
DSG-005-3C2
A
P
T
DSG-005-2B2
P T
3.2(.5) 1.1(.1)
1.3(.5) .3(.1)
3.4(1.3) 1.6(.1)
2.1(1.1) 1.1(.1)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4)
1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6)
.3(.1) 4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.6)
.3
4.0(3.7) 3.7(2.4)
A B
DSG-005-2B3
.8
4.0
P T
E
serviceable voltage
4.0
4.0(3.7)
4.0(3.7)
● Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005-
-D -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
B
A
Max. Flow U.S.GPM
P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
730
1450
2320
Spring Centred
Three Positions
a
[ Port "B" Blocked]
3630
[ Port "A" Blocked]
730
4.0
3.2
1450
2320
730
4.0
3.2
2320
1.3
.8
3630
.8
.5
1450
2.1
1.3
2.1
1.3
1.3
.8
3630
.8
.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
b
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
b
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.4
2.4
2.1
1.5
1.3
.9
4.0
3.4
2.4
2.1
1.5
1.3
.9
b
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
2.3
1.2
1.7
1.7
4.0
4.0
2.9
2.9
2.0
b
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
2.1
1.9
2.1
2.4
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.4
1.5
3.6
2.8
b
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
A B
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
B
P
AB
DSG-005-3C2
A
P
T
( Example )
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
P T
( Example )
4.0
3.4
2.4
At rated voltage
339
■ Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Pressure Drop ∆P
PSI
300
250
MPa
2.0
1
1.6
2
1.2
3
200
4
150
0.8
100
5
0.4
50
Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
Model Numbers
P→A
B→T
P→B
A→T
P→T
DSG-005-3C2
4
4
4
4
—
DSG-005-3C3
5
5
5
5
3
DSG-005-3C40
4
4
4
4
—
DSG-005-2B2
1
1
4
4
—
DSG-005-2B3
2
2
4
4
—
0
2
0
0
4
6
1
8
10
2
12
14 15 L/min
3
4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
● For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the tabele below.
Viscosity
mm2/s
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
SSU
77
98
141
186
232
278
324
371
417
464
0.84
0.91
1.00
1.07
1.14
1.19
1.24
1.28
1.32
1.35
Factor
● For any other specific gravity (G’), the pressure drop (∆P) may be obtained from the formula below.
∆P’ = ∆P (G’/0.850)
340
■ Flying Lead Wire Type
A -40/4090
● Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - D
28
(1.10)
4.5(.18) Dia Through
8(.31) Dia Spotface
4 Places
52
(2.05)
Pressure Port "P"
Space Needed to Remove
Solenoid-Each End.
32 (1.26)
4
132 (5.20)
● Spring Offset:
DSG-005-2B - A -40/4090
D
8
(.31)
● For other dimensions, refer
to “Spring Centred” type.
Tank Port "T"
Lead Wire
SOL a
SOL b
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
2(.08) Dia.
Location Pin
3 16(.63)
(.12)
29(1.14)
Approx.
270(10.63)
Manual Actuator
4.8(.19) Dia.
E
17
(.67)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
■ DIN Connector Type / DIN Connector with Indicator Light
A -N/N1-40/4090
● Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - D
A -N/N1-40/4090
● Spring Offset: DSG-005-2B -D
SOL b
Single Solenoid Models Only
15.8
(.62)
The position of the Plug-in connector can be
changed as illustrated below by loosening the
lock nut. After completion of the change, be
sure to tighten the lock nut with the torque as
specified below.
73
(2.87)
30.1
(1.19)
65.1(2.56)
SOL a
18
(.71)
46(1.81)
46
(1.81)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. .... 3.5-6 mm (.14 - .24in.)
Conductor Area ....
Not Exceeding .75mm2 (.0012 sq. in.)
44
(1.73)
93
(3.66)
Cylinder Port "A"
34
(1.34)
Cylinder Port "B"
33
(1.30)
25(.98)
SOL b
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
2.9 - 3.9 Nm (25.67 - 34.52 in. lbs)
● For other dimensions, refer to “Flying Lead Wire Type”.
341
DIMENSIONS IN
■ Sub-plates: DSGM-005 -20/2080/2090
15
(.59)
12.5
(.49)
"D" Thd. 7.5(.30) Deep
4 Places
P
A
B
T
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
(.28)
4.3(.17) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
DSGM-005X-20
DSGM-005X-2080
1/8 BSP. F
DSGM-005X-2090
1/8 NPT
Rc 1/4
DSGM-005Y-20
342
"C" Thd.
4 Places
24
(.94)
37
(1.46)
2.7(.11) Dia.
4(.16) Deep
58.5
(2.30)
35.5
(1.40)
11
(.43)
3.5(.14)
7.5
(.30)
25(.98) 11.5
(.45)
21.5
(.85) 12.5(.49)
32
(1.26)
16(.63)
48 (1.89)
63 (2.48)
7(.28) Dia. Through
11(.43) Dia. Spotface
2 Places
21.5
28
(1.10) (.85)
20.75
(.82)
14
(.55)
7.25
(.29)
DSGM-005Y-2080
1/4 BSP. F
DSGM-005Y-2090
1/4 NPT
"D" Thd.
M4
No. 8-32 UNC
M4
No. 8-32 UNC
■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil and Connector Ass'y
- -40/4090
13
7
8
SOL a
4
10
5
SOL b
2
5
3
11
2
1
12
21
23
22
30
20
9
24
25
31
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
11
21
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
3C
—
4
2
2B
1
4
1
Remarks
Included in Solenoid Ass’y
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number “KS-DSG-005-40”.
■ Solenoid Ass’y, Coil and Connector Ass’y No.
Valve Model Number
DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005DSG-005-
-A100
-A200
-D12
-D24
-A100-N
-A200-N
-D12-N
-D24-N
-A100-N1
-A200-N1
-D12-N1
-D24-N1
9 Solenoid Ass’y No.
SA05-100-40
SA05-200-40
SD05-12-40
SD-05-24-40
SA05-100-N-40
SA05-200-N-40
SD05-12-N-40
SD-05-24-N-40
SA05-100-N-40
SA05-200-N-40
SD05-12-N-40
SD-05-24-N-40
@2 Coil No.
C-SA05-100-40
C-SA05-200-40
C-SD05-12-40
C-SD-05-24-40
C-SA05-100-N-40
C-SA05-200-N-40
C-SD05-12-N-40
C-SD-05-24-N-40
C-SA05-100-N-40
C-SA05-200-N-40
C-SD05-12-N-40
C-SD-05-24-N-40
Connector
Connector
#0 Ass’y Part No. #1 Ass’y Part No.
E
DSG-005-
Remarks
Flying Lead Wire Type
TK290058-7
TK290058-7
TK290378-9
TK290379-7
TK290089-2
TK290090-0
TK290378-9
TK290379-7
TK290089-2
TK290090-0
Plug-in Connector
with
Indicator Light
343
■ 1/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-01 Series
These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of high pressure, high
flow and low pressure drop, the features of which can be materialized
by employing a powerful wet type solenoid and the rational flow
channel design.
● High Pressure & High Flow Rate
In comparison to our existing lines, both the pressure and flow of
these valves are much increased.
● Max. Operating Pressure: approx. 10 % increased [31.5→35 MPa
(4570 →5080 PSI)]
Terminal Box Type
● Max. T-Line Back Pressure: approx. 30 % increased [16→21 MPa
(2320 →3050 PSI)]
● Max. Flow Rate: approx. 60 % increased [63→100 L/min (16.64
→26.42 U.S.GPM)]
● Low Pressure Drop
The pressure drop of these valves is reduced by 10 % from 1.0 to 0.9
MPa (145 to 131 PSI), in comparison to our existing lines*; the valves
effectively reduce the energy consumption of the unit.
{* At Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Spool Type: 3C2 (P→A)}
● Compact & Small Mass
Despite of high pressure, high flow and low pressure drop, these valve
bodies are compact and lightweight with DC double solenoids; the
overall length and mass are reduced from 210 to 205 mm (8.26 to 8.07
inch) and from 2.2 to 1.85 kg (4.85 to 4.08 lbs), respectively.
● Shockless type available
In addition to the standard valves for high pressure and high flow, a
shockless type capable of minimizing noise and vibration in piping
during spool changeover is also available.
● Stable Operation
Due to the powerful magnetic and spring force of the solenoids, these
valves exhibit a high tolerance to contaminants and especially stable
operation.
● IP65-equivalent high dust- and water-proof
These valves demonstrate excellent dust- and water-proof
characteristics, in compliance with I. E. C. Pub. 529. IP65 and JIS C
0920 IP65 (dust- and jet-proof type).
● Usable in products of various standards
These standard valves are CE certified for installation in equipment overseas.
UL/CSA certified products are also available.
■ Specifications
Valve Type
Model Numbers
Max. Flow ★2
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
100
(26.4)
35
(5080)
21
(3050)
DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
Standard Type
DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090
DSG-01-2B - -70/7090
Shockless Type
S-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
S-DSG-01-2B2- -70/7090
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min {min–1}
Mass
kg
(lbs.)
300
R Type Sol. Only
120
1.85
(4.08)
63
(16.6)
25
(3630)
21
(3050)
120
40
(10.6)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
300
R Type Sol. Only
120
1.4(3.09)
1.85(4.08)
1.4(3.09)
L-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
Low Wattage(14W)
Type ★1
L-DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090
L-DSG-01-2N - -70/7090
L-DSG-01-2B
- -70/7090
1.85
(4.08)
1.4(3.09)
★ 1. For details of L-DSG-01, please contact us.
★ 2. Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 347
to 351 for details.
344
Sub-plate
Piping
Size
Japanese Standard "JIS "
Sub-plat e
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plat e
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
N.American Design Standard
Sub-plat e
Model Numbers
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Thread
Size
1/8
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP. F
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8 )
1/4
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP. F
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8 )
3/8
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8 )
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolt
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.)
Japanese Standard "JIS"
M5 × 45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC × 1-3/4 Lg .
Tightening Torque
5 - 7 Nm (43 - 60 in. 1bs.)
Applicable to working pressure more than
25 MPa (3630 PSI): 6 - 7 Nm (52 - 60 in. 1bs.)
E
Valve Type
Coil
Type
Electric source
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
Standard
Type
AC
A120
1
A200
A240
Shockless
Type
DC (K Series )
AC → DC Rectified (R )
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Ratin g Serviceable Range
100
80 - 110
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
200
160 - 220
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
12
10.8 - 13.2
24
21.6 - 26.4
48
43.2 - 52.8
100
90 - 110
200
180 - 220
Inrush (A) 2 Holding (A)
Power (W)
2.42
0.51
2.14
0.37
2.35
0.44
2.02
0.42
1.78
0.31
1.21
0.25
1.07
0.19
1.18
0.22
1.01
0.21
0.89
0.15
2.45
1.23
29
0.61
0.33
29
0.16
Solenoid Ratings
1. AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.
R type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.
2. Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.
3. There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as opotinal extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering.
■ Options
● Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition.
Lock Nut
SOL b
Push Button
● Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light
These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector
type solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid
can be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
Plug-in Connector
With Indicator Light
SOL b
345
FSpecial
Seals
SShockless
Type
- 01
DSG
Series
Number
Valve
Size
-2
Number
of Valve
Positions
3:
Three
Positions
B
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
C:
Spring
Centred
2
Spool
Type
A
-D24
Special Two
Position Valve
Omit if not
required
2, 3
4, 40
60, 9
10, 11
12
Coil
Type
-C
Manual
Override
-N
Electrical
Conduit
Connection
-70
-L
Design
Number
Models with
Reverse Mtg. of
Solenoid
Omit if not
required
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
AC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
Design
Standard
None:
Manual
Override
Pin
None:
Terminal
Box Type
90:
N.American
Design Std.
DC:
None:
Standard
Type
F:
For Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required
D:
No-Spring
Detented
DSG:
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valve
01
2:
Two
Positions
R:
B:
Spring
Offset
S:
Shockless
Type
D12
D24
D48
2
3:
Three
Positions
C:
Spring
Centred
2:
Two
Positions
B:
Spring
Offset
2
3
8
2
4
2
A
B
1
1
(AC →
DC)
R100
R200
DC:
D12
D24
D48
C:
Push
Button
and
Lock Nut
(Option)
70
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
2
N1 :
Plug-in
Connector
Type
with
Indicator
Light
(Option)
R:
(AC →
DC)
R100
R200
★1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 352 for details.
★2. N1 is not available for R type solenoids.
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
346
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and
European
Design
Std.
L
90:
N. American
Design
Std.
L
● Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01-
-A
L /min
[Port "B" Blocked]
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
10
DSG−01−3C2
a
b
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C3
a
b
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C4
a
DSG−01−3C40
a
b
PT
AB
Spring Centred
B
P
T
A B
Three Positions
A
b
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C60
b
a
PT
16
25
31. 5
A
B
A
B
P
T
P
T
100
100
100
35
10
16
25
100（43）100（41） 80（21）
57（38） 53（31） 29（17）
100（80）100（80）100（80）100（77）100（77） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46）
90（63） 90（63） 90（63） 90（63） 90（63） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30）
90 90（22） 35（18） 100（38） 76（28） 67（15）
90
90
90（26） 43（14） 30（11） 50（31） 38（20） 20（10）
85 80（40） 80（22） 85（40） 85（35） 85（24）
85
85
80
80 80（30） 63（15） 25（10） 70（26） 50（24） 32（16）
43（23） 43（23） 42（23） 42（23） 42（23） 54（32） 54（32） 52（32）
40（23） 40（23） 38（23） 36（23） 35（23） 48（30） 47（30） 47（30）
100
[Port "A" Blocked]
100
31. 5
60（17）
19（10）
70（46）
45（30）
57（10）
16（7）
60（16）
22（13）
52（32）
47（30）
35
10
16
25
38（15） 100（43）100（41） 80（21）
13（9） 57（38） 53（31） 29（17）
70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46）
45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30）
35（7） 100（38） 76（28） 67（15）
12（5） 50（31） 38（20） 20（10）
55（12） 85（40） 85（35） 85（24）
18（10） 70（26） 50（24） 32（16）
52（32） 54（32） 54（32） 52（32）
47（30） 48（30） 47（30） 47（30）
31. 5
35
60（17）
19（10）
70（46）
45（30）
57（10）
16（7）
60（16）
22（13）
52（32）
47（30）
38（15）
13（9）
70（46）
45（30）
35（7）
12（5）
55（12）
18（10）
52（32）
47（30）
10
8
AB
DSG−01−3C9
a
b
100
b
100
b
100
b
100
100
100
100
100
20
10
15
10
8
20
10
15
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C10
a
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C11
a
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C12
a
No-Spring
Detented
DSG−01−2D2
AB
b
80
80
80
80
80
45
62（13）
15（10）
60（27）
35（18）
62（13）
15（10）
50（45） 50（42） 45（40） 45（40）
45（21） 45（16） 38（13）
a
50
45
PT
50（45） 50（42） 45（40） 45（40）
36（18） 28（13） 22（12）
AB
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
100 100（63）100（33）100（27）100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16） 62（13） 100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16）
100（70） 80（20） 70（20） 40（19） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11） 15（10） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11）
100（65） 85（52） 72（45） 65（34）
5
13
10
20
23
100
100
100
100
70（50） 57（40） 50（25） 43（19）
100 100（63）100（33）100（27）100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16） 62（13） 100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16）
100（70） 80（20） 70（20） 40（19） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11） 15（10） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11）
DSG−01−2B2
b
85
85
85
85
85
20
16
16
15
13
b
70
70
70
70
70
50
50
50
50
50
b
―
―
―
―
―
26
17
13
11
10
PT
AB
DSG−01−2B3
PT
AB
DSG−01−2B8
PT
85（63）
85（30）
80（70）
70（48）
80（50）
35（20）
80（50）
60（33）
80（70）
70（48）
70（40）
23（15）
63（40）
50（28）
80（70）
70（48）
60（20）
15（8）
44（32）
40（28）
80（70）
70（48）
45（10）
10（5）
E
Spool-Spring Arrangement
No. of Valve Positions
Max. Flow
44（32）
40（28）
80（70）
70（48）
30（10）
7（5）
( Example )
serviceable voltage
2. For the maximum flow rate in P → T of the valves with a
100
100 (43)
57 (38)
mark, please see page 351.
The valve models with a mark are handled as
Options. If you choose such valves, check the time
of delivery beforehand.
347
● Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01-
-D /R
L /mi
Max. Flow
[Port "B" Blocked]
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
A
B
P
T
a
10
16
25
31. 5
35
b
100
100
100
100
100
b
100
80
100
80
b
90
90
b
85
85
b
50
41
50
41
100
80
90
42
65
45
50
41
100
80
50
26
40
30
50
41
b
100
100
100
b
85
85
b
100
b
AB
a
PT
a
Spring Centred
Three Positions
AB
a
PT
T
P
T
35
10
16
25
31. 5
35
100
80
38
20
33
26
50
41
100
55
78
70
100
62
85
65
66
58
45
35
78
70
58
48
52
36
66
58
28
23
78
70
38
30
30
25
66
58
25
19
78
70
31
25
26
21
66
58
22
17
75
70
29
23
24
19
66
58
100
55
78
70
100
62
85
65
66
58
45
35
78
70
58
48
52
36
66
58
28
23
78
70
38
30
30
25
66
58
25
19
78
70
31
25
26
21
66
58
22
17
75
70
29
23
24
19
66
58
100
100
20
15
10
10
8
20
15
10
10
8
85
35
80
23
40
20
100
74
56
43
36
28
28
20
24
19
100
100
100
100
23
20
13
10
5
85
85
85
35
80
23
40
20
100
74
56
43
36
28
28
20
24
19
100
74
100
85
100
74
56
43
60
46
56
43
36
28
40
32
36
28
28
20
36
28
28
20
24
19
32
24
24
19
75
75
75
75
75
40
30
27
50
50
45
45
45
42
40
40
31
23
75
65
35
30
24
19
75
65
23
17
22
18
75
65
19
13
22
18
75
65
17
12
PT
DSG−01−3C60
P
31. 5
AB
a
B
25
PT
DSG−01−3C40
A
16
AB
DSG−01−3C4
B
10
PT
DSG−01−3C3
A
A B
DSG−01−3C2
[Port "A" Blocked]
AB
DSG−01−3C9
a
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C10
a
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C11
a
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C12
a
No-Spring
Detented
DSG−01−2D2
a
AB
b
45
50
45
PT
30
25
22
16
16
15
13
50
50
50
50
50
26
17
13
11
10
70
70
70
70
70
b
80
80
80
80
80
20
b
70
70
70
70
70
AB
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
DSG−01−2B2
PT
AB
DSG−01−2B3
PT
AB
DSG−01−2B8
b
PT
46
32
75
65
53
35
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.
( Example )
100
100
55
At rated voltage
Options. If you choose suce valves, check the time
348
● Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01-
-A
Max. Flow
U.S.GPM
[Port "B" Blocked]
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
A
B
P
T
[Port "A" Blocked]
A
B
A
B
P
T
P
T
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
DSG−01−3C2
a
b
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C3
a
b
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C4
a
DSG−01−3C40
a
b
Spring Centred
Three Positions
PT
AB
b
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C60
b
a
PT
26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0) 26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0)
15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4) 15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4)
26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2)
23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9)
23.8 23.8(5.8) 9.2(4.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(17.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(7.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8)
23.8
23.8
23.8(6.9) 11.4(3.7) 7.9(2.9) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3)
22.5
22.5
22.5 21.1(10.6) 21.1(5.8) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2)
21.1
21.1 21.1(7.9) 16.6(4.0) 6.6(2.4) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6)
11.4(6.1) 11.4(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4)
10.6(6.1) 10.6(6.1) 10.0(6.1) 9.5(6.1) 9.2(6.1) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9)
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
AB
DSG−01−3C9
a
b
26.4
b
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C10
a
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C11
a
b
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C12
a
b
No-Spring
Detented
DSG−01−2D2
AB
b
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
11.9
11.9
16.4(3.4)
4.0(2.6)
15.9(7.1)
9.2(4.8)
16.4(3.4)
4.0(2.6)
13.2(11.9) 13.2(11.1) 11.9(10.6) 11.9(10.6)
11.9(5.6) 11.9(4.2) 10.0(3.4)
a
13.2
PT
9.5(4.8) 7.4(3.4) 5.8(3.2)
AB
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
26.4 26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2)
26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9)
26.4(17.2) 22.5(13.7) 19.0(13.7) 17.2(9.0)
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
6.1
5.3
3.4
2.6
1.3
18.5(13.2) 15.1(10.6) 13.2(6.6) 11.4(5.0)
26.4 26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2)
26.4
26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9)
DSG−01−2B2
b
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
5.3
4.2
4.2
4.0
b
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
b
―
―
―
―
―
6.9
4.5
3.4
2.9
PT
AB
DSG−01−2B3
PT
AB
DSG−01−2B8
PT
13.2(11.9) 13.2(11.1) 11.9(10.6) 11.9(10.6)
E
A B
22.5(16.6) 21.1(13.2) 16.6(10.6) 11.6(8.5) 11.6(8.5)
22.5(7.9) 15.9(8.7) 13.2(7.4) 10.6(7.4) 10.6(7.4)
21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5)
13.2
18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7)
21.1(13.2) 18.5(10.6) 15.9(5.3) 11.9(2.6) 7.9(2.6)
2.6
9.2(5.3) 6.1(4.0) 4.0(2.1) 2.6(1.3) 1.9(1.3)
3.4
( Example )
serviceable voltage
26.4
26.4(11.4)
15.1(10.0)
349
● Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01-
-D /R
Max. Flow
U.S.GPM
[Port "B" Blocked]
Model
Numbers
Graphic
Symbols
A
B
P
T
[Port "A" Blocked]
A
B
A
B
P
T
P
T
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
A B
DSG−01−3C2
a
b
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C3
a
b
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C4
a
b
Spring Centred
Three Positions
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C40
a
b
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C60
b
a
PT
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1
23.8 13.2 10.0
23.8 23.8
5.3
11.1 6.9
17.2 10.6 8.7
22.5 22.5
6.9
11.9 7.9
13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3
10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8
26.4
14.5
20.6
18.5
26.4
16.4
22.5
17.2
17.4
15.3
11.9
9.3
20.6
18.5
15.3
12.7
13.7
9.5
17.4
15.3
7.4
6.1
20.6
18.5
10.0
7.9
7.9
6.6
17.4
15.3
6.6
5.0
20.6
18.5
8.2
6.6
6.9
5.6
17.4
15.3
5.8 26.4
14.5
4.5
19.8 20.6
18.5 18.5
7.7 26.4
6.1 16.4
6.3 22.5
5.0 17.2
17.4 17.4
15.3 15.3
11.9
9.3
20.6
18.5
15.3
12.7
13.7
9.5
17.4
15.3
7.4
6.1
20.6
18.5
10.0
7.9
7.9
6.6
17.4
15.3
6.6
5.0
20.6
18.5
8.2
6.6
6.9
5.6
17.4
15.3
5.8
4.5
19.8
18.5
7.7
6.1
6.3
5.0
17.4
15.3
AB
DSG−01−3C9
a
b
26.4
26.4 26.4
26.4
26.4
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
b
22.5
22.5
22.5
9.2
21.1
6.1
10.6
5.3
26.4
19.6
14.8
11.4
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
6.3
5.0
b
26.4
26.4 26.4
26.4
26.4
6.1
5.3
3.4
2.6
1.3
b
22.5
22.5
22.5
9.2
21.1
6.1
10.6 26.4
5.3 19.6
14.8
11.4
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
6.3
5.0
26.4
19.6
26.4
22.5
26.4
19.6
14.8
11.4
15.9
12.2
14.8
11.4
9.5
7.4
10.6
8.5
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
6.3
5.0
8.5
6.3
6.3
5.0
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.8
10.6
7.9
7.1
13.2
13.2
11.9
11.9
13.2
11.1
10.6
10.6
8.2
6.1
19.8
17.2
9.2
7.9
6.3
5.0
19.8
17.2
6.1
4.5
5.8
4.8
19.8
17.2
5.0
3.4
5.8
4.8
19.8
17.2
4.5
3.2
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C10
a
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C11
a
PT
AB
DSG−01−3C12
a
No-Spring
Detented
DSG−01−2D2
a
AB
b
11.9
13.2
11.9
PT
7.9
6.6
5.8
4.2
4.2
4.0
3.4
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
6.9
4.5
3.4
2.9
2.6
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
b
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
5.3
b
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
AB
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
DSG−01−2B2
PT
AB
DSG−01−2B3
PT
AB
DSG−01−2B8
b
PT
12.2
8.5
19.8
17.2
14.0
9.3
( Example )
26.4
26.4
14.5
At rated voltage
Options. If you choose suce valves, check the time
350
Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass
In valve type 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated below and
where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral position in
the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below regardless
of any voltage in the range of serviceable valtage.
Max. Flow
Graphic
Symbol
Mode Numbers
AB
55
(14.5)
b
a
DSG-01-3C60-A /D /R
L/min (U.S.GPM)
10 MPa
16 MPa
25 MPa
31.5 MPa
35 MPa
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (5080 PSI)
PT
44
(11.6)
30
(7.9)
26
(6.9)
22
(5.8)
E
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow
-D /R
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
[Port "B" Blocked]
No. of
Valve
Positions
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Graphic
Symbol
Model Numbers
A
B
P
T
Working Pressure
MPa (PSI)
10
(1450)
16
(2320)
25
(3630)
b
63
(16.6)
63
(16.6)
40
(10.6)
b
60
(15.9)
50
(13.2)
40
(10.6)
45
(11.9)
40
(10.6)
40
(10.6)
20
(5.3)
45
(11.9)
40
(10.6)
A B
S-DSG-01-3C2
Three
Positions
a
PT
Spring
Centred
AB
S-DSG-01-3C4
a
PT
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
AB
S-DSG-01-3B2
b
PT
50
(13.2)
45
(11.9)
[Port "A" Blocked]
A
B
A
B
P
T
P
T
Working Pressure
MPa (PSI)
10
16
25
(1450) (2320) (3630)
Working Pressure
MPa (PSI)
10
16
25
(1450) (2320) (3630)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.5)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.45)
32
(8.5)
20
(5.3)
32
(8.5)
16
(4.23)
25
(6.6)
16
(4.23)
16
(4.2)
12
(3.17)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.5)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.45)
32
(8.5)
20
(5.3)
32
(8.5)
16
(4.23)
25
(6.6)
16
(4.23)
16
(4.2)
12
(3.17)
30
(7.9)
30
(7.9)
30
(7.9)
60
(15.9)
40
(10.6)
40
(10.6)
Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-01-
L/min
( Example )
60
(15.9)
50
(13.2)
40
(10.6)
At rated voltage
U.S.GPM
351
Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
As for the valve type 2B A and 2B B, please refer to the explanation under the heading of "Valves Using Neutral
Position and Side Position" given below.
A
B
P
T
SOL b
b
A
B
P
T
SOL a
a
Standard Mtg. of Solenoid
Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B) .
(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"
Neutral Position
SOL. b Energised
Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
A
B
b
a
P
T
2B2A
2B2B
A
B
P
T
A
B
P
T
b
b
"A": Use of Neutral and
SOL. a Energised
Position (2B2A)
"B": Use of Neutral and
SOL. b Energised
Position (2B2B)
Graphic SymbolsG
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
A
b
P
DSG-01-2B2A
Reverse
Mtg. Type
B
DSG-01-2B A
T
raphic Symbols
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
AB
B
DSG-01-2B B
a
P
T
b
P
DSG-01-2B2B
DSG-01-2B3B
DSG-01-2B4B
DSG-01-2B60B
DSG-01-2B10B
In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting
type highlighted with shade are optional extra,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with
us before ordering.
352
Reverse
Mtg. Type
T
A
B
P
T
a
Typical Changeover Time
Standard Type (Without Shockless Function)
[Test Conditions ]
Pressure:
Flow Rate:
Viscosity:
Voltage:
16 MPa (2320 PSI)
31.5 L /min (8.3 U.S.GPM)
35 mm 2 /s (164 SSU)
100 %V
(After coil temprature rises and saturated)
ON
Solenoid
OF F
O FF
0
0
Spool Shift
Max.
T2
Type
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
DSG-01-3C2- A
DSG-01-3C2- D
DSG-01-3C2- R
Time ms
T1
T2
15
48
50
23
19
100
Shockless Type
[Reaults of Measurement]
[Test Circuit and Conditions]
Accelmeter
OF F
ON
SOL a
Speed
G1
a
b
G2
Acceleration (G)
Load
Pressure (Ps)
Ps
T1
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI)
Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.)
Speed: 8 m/min (26.2 ft./min)
Viscosity: 35 mm 2 /s (164 SSU )
Type
T2
Time
Model Nmbers
Time Acceleratio n
ms
m/s2 (G)
T1 T2
G1
G2
Shockles s
Type
S-DSG-01-3C2- D
70 30
12
(1.2 )
7
(0.7 )
Standard
Type
DSG-01-3C2- D
35 25
18
(1.8 )
15
(1.5 )
E
T1
353
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Standard Type: DSG-01
PSI
600
MPa
4
Model Numbers
B→ T
P →B
A→ T
DSG-01-3C2
4
4
4
4
DSG-01-3C3
5
5
5
5
DSG-01-3C4
4
4
4
4
4
DSG-01-3C40
4
4
4
4
5
DSG-01-3C60
1
1
1
1
DSG-01-3C9
5
3
5
3
DSG-01-3C10
4
5
4
4
DSG-01-3C11
4
4
4
4
DSG-01-3C12
4
4
4
5
DSG-01-2D2
5
4
5
4
100 L/min
DSG-01-2B2
5
4
5
4
U.S.GPM
DSG-01-2B3
5
5
5
5
DSG-01-2B8
5
2
3
Pressure Drop P
500
3
400
300
2
200
1
100
0
0
20
0
40
4
8
60
12
80
16
20
Pressure Drop Curve Number
P →A
1
24
Flow Rate
4
Shockless Type: S-DSG-01
PSI
180
MPa
1.2
1
160
120
80
2
0.8
0.6
P →A
B→ T
P→ B
A→ T
S-DSG-01-3C2
1
1
1
1
S-DSG-01-3C4
1
2
1
2
S-DSG-01-2B2
1
1
1
1
1.0
P
Pressure Drop
Model Numbers
0.4
40
0.2
0
0
10
0
2
20
4
30
6
8
40
10
50
12
14
60
L/min
16
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
Viscosity
mm 2/s 15
Factor
SSU
77
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
20
30
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
354
P→ T
2
2
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
TERMINAL BOX TYPE
Models with AC Solenoids
Single Solenoid: Spring Offset
DSG-01-2B -A -70/7090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented
3C -A -70/7090
DSG-01- 2D2
Solenoid Indicator Light
(For Sol a)
145.7
(5.74)
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"
76.7
(3.02)
142.2
(5.60)
(For Sol b)
196.4
(7.73)
95
(3.74)
26
(1.02)
50.7
(2.00)
For other dimensions, refer to "spring Centred and
No-Spring Detented" models.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position
SOL a side is also available.
46
(1.81)
A100
SOL a
SOL b
A
13.5
(.53)
70
(2.76)
38
(1.50)
3
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
E
Solenoid-Each End
45.5
Electrical Conduit Connection
"C " Thd. (Both Ends)
(1.79)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)
5
33
(1.30)
23.5 47(1.85)
(.93)
88.8
(3.50)
Tank Port "T"
T
B
A
P
27
(1.06)
Manual Actuator-Both Ends
6(.24) Dia.
3(.12) Dia. ★
5(.20) Deep
VIEW ARROW X
X
Model Numbers
"C " Thd.
DSG-01-
-A -70
DSG-01-
-A -7090 1/2 NPT
G 1/2
★ Locating pin can be fitted to this hole to conform with
ISO4401-03-02-94. However, locating pin is not provided
to standard design valve. When ordering valve with a
locating pin, please consult Yuken.
Cylinder Port "B"
SOL b
31.75
(1.25)
40.5
(1.59)
31 0.75
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through
9.5(.37) C' Bore
4 Places
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01-D -70/7090
Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01-R -70/7090
Spring Centred
No-Spring Detented
Spring Offset
Solenoid-Each End
50
(1.97)
204.4(8.05)
149.7
(5.89)
80.7
(3.16)
D24
SOLa
SOL b
D
3
Double Solenoid
Models Only
5
Spring Offset Type 146.2
(5.76)
For other dimensions, refer to models with AC solenoids.
355
Sub-plate : DSGM-01/01X/01Y-31/3180/3190
14.2
(.56)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
DSGM-01-31
"D" Thd.
"E"
mm(IN.)
M5
10 (.39)
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
M5
10 (.39)
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Rc 3/8
M5
10 (.39)
3/8 NPT
No. 10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
DSGM-01Y-31
DSGM-01Y-3190
T
11
(.43)
7 (.28) Dia. Through
7
(.28) 11 (.43) Dia. Spotface
2 Places
B
A
37
(1.46)
24
(.94)
25.8
(1.02)
31
(1.22)
31.75
(1.25)
48
(1.89)
63
(2.48)
P
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
356
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
8.5
(.33)
7.5
(.30)
12.7(.50)
5.2
(.20)
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
32
(1.26)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
4 Places
0.75
(.03)
15.5
(.61)
7 (.28) Dia.
4 Places
40.5
(1.59)
30.2
(1.19)
21.5
(.85)
DIMENSIONS IN
12.5
(.49)
35.5
(1.40)
58.5
(2.30)
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)
DIMENSIONS IN
-A - N -70/7090
N1
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01-D - N -70/7090
N1
Models with R Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01-R -N-70/7090
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01-
SOL b
A100
Double Solenoid
Models Only
23.5
(.93)
SOLa
H
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm (90 - 100 IN.lbs.)
Model Numbers
DSG-01-
-A -N
(S-)DSG-01-
-D -N
(S-)DSG-01-
-R -N
C
196.4
(7.73)
204.4
(8.05)
204.4
(8.05)
D
76.7
(3.02)
80.7
(3.18)
80.7
(3.18)
E
88.5
(3.48)
99.5
(3.92)
102.5
(4.04)
F
53
(2.09)
64
(2.52)
57.2
(2.25)
E
G
H
27.5 39
(1.08) (1.54)
27.5 39
(1.08) (1.54)
34
53
(1.34) (2.09)
D
29.5
(1.16)
72.5
(2.85)
E
C
F
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as
illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After
Cable Departure
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut
with the torque as specified below.
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. .... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area ....
46(1.81)
Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
G
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box type" (Page 356).
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut
(S-)DSG-01-
- -C
AC: 132.2(5.20)
DC/R: 136.2(5.36)
Lock Nut
Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is held.
Be sure to loosen "Lock Nut" fully before solenoid
is energised.
SOL b
Push Button
Interchangeability in Installation Current and New Design
In ouder to achieve higher pressure, higher flow, lower pressure drop DSG-01 valves has been upgraded from the 60
design series to the 70 design series.
The figures in the table below are the comparison between the current and the new design valves.
● Specifications
Design Number
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
New Design: 70
100(26.4)
35(5080)
21(3050)
Current Design: 60
63(16.6)
31.5(4570)
16(2320)
Pressure Drop ★
MPa (PSI)
{P→A}
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min (min–1)
300
(R Type sol. Only 120)
Mass kg (lbs.)
3C /2D
2B
0.9(130)
1.85(4.08)
1.4(3.09)
1.0(145)
2.2(4.85)
1.6(3.53)
★ Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Spool type "2" (Closed centre)
● Interchangeability in Installation
Interchangeability in installation in maintained though there are minor differences in demension as in the following table.
A
E
F
Coil Type
C
H
AC
A
38
(1.50)
3
K
J
B
D
L
A100
SOL b
SOL a
5
27
(1.06)
DC
R
Design
Number
New Design
: 70
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
196.4 142.2 46
88.8
95
50.7
26
70
13.5 70.5
(7.73) (5.60) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.00) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
Current Design 191.4 142.7 48
90.3
90
50.7 23.5
65
11
72
: 60
(7.54) (5.62) (1.89) (3.56) (3.54) (2.00) (.93) (2.56) (.43) (2.83)
New Design
: 70
204.4 146.2 46
88.8
95
54.7
26
70
13.5 70.5
(8.05) (5.76) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.15) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
Current Design 210 152
48
90.3
90
60
23.5
65
11
72
: 60
(8.27) (5.98) (1.89) (3.56) (3.54) (2.36) (.93) (2.56) (.43) (2.83)
357
Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Double Solenoid Type
Single Solenoid Type
3
Power Supply
(For SOL.a)
Power Suppl y
1
Power Supply
(For SOL.b)
SOL. a
SOL. b
Ground
3
3
Indicator Light
Terminal
Box Type
Common Plate
2
SOL. b
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Common
Ground
3
1
Ground
Ground
1
1
Plug-in
Connector
Type
1-Power Suppl y
3
3
2-Power Suppl y
3
2
3
2
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it.
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
DANGER
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Electric Source
AC
AC→DC Rectified
DC
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Power
Supply
Power
Supply
Terminal
Box Type
Power
Supply
SOL.
Common
Ground
SOL.
Common
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Common
Ground
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
Plug-in
Connector
Type
1-Power
Supply
1-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
Ground
Ground
SOL.
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
358
Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power
Supply
Indicator Light
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
(Circuit composed
in coil)
Rectifier
Circuit
■ List of Seals
-DSG-01-
- -70/7090
Spring Offset type
28
16
18
12
17
19
14
29
13
10
15
30
9
7
SOL b
SOL a
6
8
4
3
1
8
2
27
24
25
21
23
20
26
22
11
-DSG-01-
- -N/N1-70/7090
16 15 14
18
11
SOL a
19
SOL b
List of Seals
Qty.
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
8
O-Ring
SO-NB-A-012 (NBR, Hs90)
9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
18
Packing
19
O-Ring
24
25
3C
2D
2B
4
4
4
1790S-VK421290-8
1
1
1
S6
2
2
2
O-Ring
AS 568-026 (NBR, Hs70)
2
2
1
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
2
2
1
26
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
2
2
1
27
O-Ring
SO-NA-P4
4
4
2
30
Plug
E
Remarks
5
1
1790S-VK418329-9
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 11)
2
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers
Seal Kit No.
O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
-DSG-01-
- -70/7090
KS-DSG-01-70
8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 25 (2 Pcs., see above), 27 (4 Pcs.)
-DSG-01-
- -N-70/7090
KS-DSG-01-N-70
8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 25 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Refer to page 360 for the details of these parts.
359
■ Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.
Valve Model Numbers
DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01S-DSG-01-
-A100-70
-A120-70
-A200-70
-A240-70
-D12-70
-D24-70
-D48-70
-R100-70
-R200-70
-D12-70
-D24-70
-D48-70
-R100-70
-R200-70
-A100-N-70
-A120-N-70
-A200-N-70
-A240-N-70
-D12-N-70
-D24-N-70
-D48-N-70
-R100-N-70
-R200-N-70
-D12-N-70
-D24-N-70
-D48-N-70
-R100-N-70
-R200-N-70
-A100-N1-70
-A120-N1-70
-A200-N1-70
-A240-N1-70
-D12-N1-70
-D24-N1-70
-D48-N1-70
-D12-N1-70
-D24-N1-70
-D48-N1-70
11
20
Solenoid Ass'y No.
Coil No.
SA1-100-70
SA1-120-70
SA1-200-70
SA1-240-70
SD1-12-70
SD1-24-70
SD1-48-70
SR1-100-70
SR1-200-70
SD1-12-S-70
SD1-24-S-70
SD1-48-S-70
SR1-100-S-70
SR1-200-S-70
SA1-100-N-70
SA1-120-N-70
SA1-200-N-70
SA1-240-N-70
SD1-12-N-70
SD1-24-N-70
SD1-48-N-70
SR1-100-N-70
SR1-200-N-70
SD1-12-S-N-70
SD1-24-S-N-70
SD1-48-S-N-70
SR1-100-S-N-70
SR1-200-S-N-70
SA1-100-N-70
SA1-120-N-70
SA1-200-N-70
SA1-240-N-70
SD1-12-N-70
SD1-24-N-70
SD1-48-N-70
SD1-12-S-N-70
SD1-24-S-N-70
SD1-48-S-N-70
C-SA1-100-70
C-SA1-120-70
C-SA1-200-70
C-SA1-240-70
C-SD1-12-70
C-SD1-24-70
C-SD1-48-70
C-SR1-100-70
C-SR1-200-70
C-SD1-12-70
C-SD1-24-70
C-SD1-48-70
C-SR1-100-70
C-SR1-200-70
C-SA1-100-N-70
C-SA1-120-N-70
C-SA1-200-N-70
C-SA1-240-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
C-SR1-100-N-70
C-SR1-200-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
C-SR1-100-N-70
C-SR1-200-N-70
C-SA1-100-N-70
C-SA1-120-N-70
C-SA1-200-N-70
C-SA1-240-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
13
Receptacle
Part No.
18
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
Remarks
R1-70
KR1-A-70
Terminal
Box
Type
KR1-B-70
RR1-70
KR1-A-70
KR1-B-70
RR1-70
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
Plug-in
Connector
Type
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
Note: The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.
360
19
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
■ 3/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-03 Series
These are epoch-making solenoid operated valves of high pressure, high flow
which have been developed incorporating a unique design concept into every
part of the valve including the solenoid. With wet type solenoids, these
valves ensure the low noise and the long life, moreover, ensure no leakage of
oil outside of the valves.
● Wide Range of Models
Choose the optimum valve to meet your need from a large selection available.
The DSG-03 50 design series solenoid operated directional valves are
classified into the two basic models.
● Standard type …. Useable at high pressure: 31.5 MPa (4570 PSI) and high
flow: 120 L/min (31.7 U.S.GPM)
● Shockless type …. A noise at spool changeover and a vibration in piping
can be reduced to a minimum.
● Stable Operation
With a strong magnet and spring force, the valves are tough against
contamination and thus ensure a stable operation.
● Usable in products of various standards
CE/UL/CSA certified products are available.
Terminal Box Type
Specifications
★2
Max. Changeover Approx. Mass kg(1bs.)
Type of Solenoid
Frequency
min-1 (Cycles/Min)
DC, R, RQ
AC
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Standard
DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090
Type
DSG-03-2B - -50/5090
120 (31.7)
31.5 (4570)
Spool Type 60 Only
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
Shockless S-DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Type
S-DSG-03-2B2- -50/5090
120 (31.7)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
120
★1 L-DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Low
Wattage L-DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090
(14W)Type L-DSG-03-2B - -50/5090
60 (15.9)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
240
R Type Sol. Only
120
Valve
Type
Model
Numbers
240
R Type Sol. Only
120
3.6 (7.9)
5 (11)
2.9 (6.4)
3.6 (7.9 )
5 (11)
E
3.6 (7.9)
3.6 (7.9)
5 (11)
2.9 (6.4)
3.6 (7.9I
★1 For details of L-DSG-03, please contact us.
★2 The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve. The maximum flow
differs according to the spool type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow" on
pages 364 to 368.
Sub-plate
Piping
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
3/8
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
1/2
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
3/4
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Mounting Bolts
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
M6 × 35 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC × 1-1/2 Lg.
Tightening Torque
12 - 15 Nm
(106 - 133 in. 1bs.)
361
Solenoid Ratings
Valve Type
Coil
Type
Electric source
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
AC
A120
1
Standard
Type
A200
A240
Shockless
Type
DC (K Series )
AC→ DC Rectified (R )
AC →DC Rectified (RQ)
(Quick Return )
D12
D24
D100
R100
R200
RQ100
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Rating
100
100
110
120
200
200
220
240
12
24
100
100
200
100
Serviceable Range
80 - 110
Inrush (A) 2 Holding (A)
Power (W)
90 - 120
96 - 132
108 - 144
160 - 220
180 - 240
192
216
10.8
21.6
90
90
180
-
264
288
13.2
26.4
110
110
220
5.37
4.57
5.03
4.48
3.81
2.69
2.29
2.52
2.24
1.91
90 - 110
0.90
0.63
0.77
0.75
0.52
0.45
0.31
0.38
0.37
0.26
3.16
1.57
0.38
0.43
0.21
0.43
1. AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.
R or RQ type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.
3. There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries .
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
delivery with us before ordering .
Options
Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition.
Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light
These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector type
solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid can
be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
M8 Mounting Bolts.
As the mounting bolts, M6 socket head cap screws are used for
the standard valves, however, M8 socket head cap screws are also
available for supply as optional extras. In case the M8 screws
are required, suffix "02" to the design number of both valve and
sub-plate model number like below.
Lock Nut
Push Button
Plug-in Connector
with Solenoid
Indicator Light
(Example)
Valve: DSG-03-3C2-A100-5002
Sub-plate: DSGM-03-4002
The valve is supplied with 4 pcs. hexagon
socket head cap screws M8 × 38 Lg.
362
SOL b
38
38
38
S-
Special
Seals
Shockless
Type
DSG
Series
Number
-03
-2
Valve
Size
None:
Standard
Type
C:
Spring
Centred
D:
No-Spring
Detented
2:
Two
Positions
DSG:
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valve
2
A
-D24
Special Two
Number
SpoolPosition Valve
Spool
of Valve
Spring
Type
Omit if not
Positions Arrangement
required
3:
Three
Positions
F:
For Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
B
03
B:
Spring
Offset
Coil
Type
-C
Manual
Override
AC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
2, 3
4,40
5, 60
9, 10
11, 12
-N
-50
Electrical
Design
Conduit
Number
Connection
90:
N.American
Design Std.
None:
R:
Manual
(AC →DC) Override
Pin
R100
R200
2
2
3
A
8
B
1
1
Design
Standard
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
None:
Terminal
Box Type
DC:
D12
D24
D100
-L
Models with
Reverse Mtg. of
Solenoid
Omit if not
required
E
RQ:
(AC →DC)
L
RQ100
50
2
3:
Three
Positions
C:
Spring
Centred
DC:
D12
D24
D100
2
4
R:
(AC DC)
R100
R200
S:
Shockless
Type
2:
Two
Positions
B:
Spring
Offset
A
2
B
1
1
C:
Push
Button
and
Lock Nut
(Option)
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
3
N1:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
with
Indicator
Light
(Option)
RQ:
(AC DC)
RQ100
None::
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and
European
Design
Std.
90:
N. American
Design
Std.
L
F-
1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 369 for details.
2. N is not available for RQ-type solenoids .
3. N1 is not available for R and RQ-type solenoids .
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
363
List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
-A
Max. Flow
P
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
Graphic
Symbols
A
P
T
10
16
25
31.5
b
100
100
100
100
b
90
90
90
90
b
80
80
b
100
100
b
30
30
30
b
70
70
70
b
100
100
100
b
80
80
b
100
100
b
90
90
100
100
A B
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C4
a
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
B
A
P
T
P
P T
DSG-03-3C3
A
B
B
A B
a
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
T
DSG-03-3C2
L/min
80(65) 80(25)
75(20) 30(15)
100(75)
100
100(25)
T
10
16
25
31.5
10
16
25
31.5
100(70)
90(49)
100(81)
100(81)
100(58)
90(47)
100(62)
62(40)
100(48)
53(30)
100(81)
100(81)
100(33)
50(26)
100(39)
47(26)
96(28)
34(19)
100(81)
100(81)
76(22)
28(18)
84(21)
27(16)
65(24)
26(15)
100(81)
100(81)
46(19)
22(15)
48(18)
20(12)
100(70)
90(49)
100(81)
100(81)
100(58)
90(47)
100(62)
62(40)
100(48)
53(30)
100(81)
100(81)
100(33)
50(26)
100(39)
47(26)
96(28)
34(19)
100(81)
100(81)
76(22)
28(18)
84(21)
27(16)
65(24)
26(15)
100(81)
100(81)
46(19)
22(15)
48(18)
20(12)
26
21
18
16
30
28
28
28
100
100
100
100
100
100
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
100(36)
47(24)
100(65)
70(46)
100(36)
47(24)
60(21)
23(14)
85(35)
51(32)
60(21)
23(14)
34(16)
17(11)
62(28)
45(25)
34(16)
17(11)
100(55)
60(38)
100(80)
80(60)
100(55)
60(38)
100(36)
47(24)
100(65)
70(46)
100(36)
47(24)
60(21)
23(14)
85(35)
51(32)
60(21)
23(14)
34(16)
17(11)
62(28)
45(25)
34(16)
17(11)
40
40
30
28
60
60
40
35
34
24
20
19
57
57
57
57
26
19
18
16
100(62)
80(42)
100(79)
92(55)
100(35)
45(21)
100(62)
73(36)
100(72)
89(46)
87(15)
34(12)
100(44)
63(34)
100(64)
78(28)
61( 9 )
15( 9 )
94(37)
51(33)
100(59)
70(27)
49( 7 )
11( 6 )
A B
DSG-03-3C5
a
30
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
a
100
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
a
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
a
AB
b
100
100
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
80(30) 80(20) 100(55)
30(25) 20(15) 60(38)
100(80)
100
100
80(60)
90(30) 90(20) 100(55)
40(20) 20(15) 60(38)
DSG-03-2B2
b
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
b
P T
100
100
100
100
100(90) 100(90) 100(90) 100(90)
100
100
100
100
100(75) 100(75) 100(75) 100(75)
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes : 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
The maximum flow rate is
constant regardless of 50 Hz or
60 Hz and of any voltage
variants within the serviceable
voltage
50Hz, At rated voltage
50Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
100
100(75)
100(25)
364
Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03-D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03-R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03-RQ100
Max. Flow
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
Graphic
Symbols
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
T
A
A
P
P
T
A
B
P
T
B
T
10
16
25
31.5
10
16
25
31.5
10
16
25
31.5
b
120
120
120
120
120
120
100
80
54
55
43
120
120
100
80
54
55
43
b
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
b
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
104
64
53
49
42
120
b
84
65
62
57
120
120
104
84
65
62
57
64
53
49
42
b
50
50
50
50
35
24
21
20
45
45
45
45
b
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
b
120
120
120
120
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
b
120
120
120
65
65
50
120
112
69
112
69
120
120
120
120
100
100
100
100
b
120
120
120
65
65
50
120
120
86
51
40
65
52
51
40
120
b
60
46
80
62
62
47
120
120
86
60
46
80
62
62
47
51
40
65
52
51
40
120
120
120
120
45
37
30
28
60
60
40
35
b
110
100
110
100
110
100
110
100
68
47
38
38
120
114
83
75
58
b
120
120
120
120
77
77
77
77
120
120
120
53
33
24
23
120
120
62
62
40
63
48
120
103
47
37
A B
a
B
P
[Port "A" Blocked]
B
DSG-03-3C2
L/min
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C3
a
DSG-03-3C4
a
E
A B
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C5
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
a
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
a
AB
b
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
P T
DSG-03-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage
120
120
65
(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]
365
-A
Max. Flow
P
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
Graphic
Symbole
A
B
P
T
2320
3630
DSG-03-3C3
DSG-03-3C4
a
b
26.4
26.4
4570
26.4
26.4
Spring Centred
A
P
T
P
1450
2320
3630
B
T
4570
1450
2320
3630
4570
26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3) 26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3)
6.7 (4.0) 23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0)
6.7 (4.0)
23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0)
A B
26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
b
a
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.8
P T
26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
A B
21.1 (17.2) 21.1 (6.6) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0)
b
a
21.1
21.1
19.8 (5.3) 7.9 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8)
A B
Three Positions
B
P T
P T
DSG-03-3C40
A
A B
DSG-03-3C2
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
T
1450
U.S.GPM
b
a
26.4
26.4
26.4
b
7.9
7.9
7.9
b
18.5
18.5
18.5
b
26.4
26.4
26.4
b
21.1
21.1
5.8 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8)
5.8 (4.0)
26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8)
26.4 (6.6) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2)
P T
5.3 (3.2) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2)
5.3 (3.2)
A B
DSG-03-3C5
a
7.9
6.9
5.5
4.8
26.4
26.4
26.4
15.9
15.9
15.9
4.2
7.9
7.4
7.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
15.9
15.9
15.9
7.4
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
a
26.4
15.9
15.9
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
21.1 (7.9) 21.1 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
7.9 (6.6)
5.3 (4.0)
A B
DSG-03-3C11
DSG-03-3C12
b
a
26.4
26.4
21.1 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6) 21.9 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6)
b
23.8
23.8
No-Spring
Detented
AB
b
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
10.6 (5.3) 5.3 (4.0)
15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7)
4.5 (2.9)
10.6
10.6
7.9
7.4
9.0
6.3
5.3
5.0
15.1
15.1
15.1
15.1
6.9
5.0
4.8
4.2
15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7)
15.9
15.9
10.6
4.5 (2.9)
9.2
P T
DSG-03-2B2
b
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8)
26.4
b
P T
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8)
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (11.6) 24.8 (9.8)
21.1 (11.1) 19.3 (9.5) 16.6 (9.0) 13.5 (8.7)
26.4 (20.9) 26.4 (19) 26.4 (16.9) 26.4 (15.6)
24.3 (14.5) 23.5 (12.2) 20.6 (7.4) 18.5 (7.1)
26.4 (9.2)
23 (4.0)
11.9 (5.5) 9.0 (3.2)
16.1 (2.4) 12.9 (1.8)
4.0 (2.4)
(Example)
The maximum flow rate is
constant regardless of 50 Hz or
60 Hz and of any voltage
variants within the serviceable
voltage
26.4
26.4(19.8)
26.4(6.6)
366
4.5 (2.9)
23.8 (7.9) 23.8 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7)
A B
a
a
26.4
4.5 (2.9)
P T
P T
DSG-03-2D2
26.4
15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7)
26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4) 26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4)
2.9 (1.6)
Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03-D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03-R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03-RQ100
Max. Flow
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
Graphic
Symbols
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
T
A
A
P
P
T
DSG-03-3C3
a
A
B
P
T
B
T
1450
2320
3630
4570
1450
2320
3630
4570
1450
2320
3630
4570
b
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
21.1
14.3
14.5
11.4
31.7
31.7
26.4
21.1
14.3
14.5
11.4
b
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
b
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
27.5
16.9
14
12.9
11.1
31.7
b
22.2
17.2
16.4
15.1
31.7
31.7
27.5
22.2
17.2
16.4
15.1
16.9
14
12.9
11.1
b
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
9.2
6.3
5.5
5.3
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
b
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
b
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
b
31.7
31.7
31.7
17.2
17.2
13.2
31.7
29.6
18.2
29.6
18.2
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
b
31.7
31.7
31.7
17.2
17.2
13.2
31.7
31.7
22.7
13.5
10.6
17.2
13.7
13.5
10.6
31.7
b
15.9
12.2
21.1
16.4
16.4
12.4
31.7
31.7
22.7
15.9
12.2
21.1
16.4
16.4
12.4
13.5
10.6
17.2
13.7
13.5
10.6
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
11.9
9.8
7.9
7.4
15.9
15.9
10.6
9.2
b
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
18
12.4
10
10
31.7
30.1
21.9
19.8
15.3
b
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
20.3
20.3
20.3
20.3
31.7
31.7
31.7
14
8.7
6.3
6.1
31.7
31.7
16.4
16.4
10.6
16.6
12.7
31.7
27.2
12.4
9.8
A B
a
B
P
[Port "A" Blocked]
B
DSG-03-3C2
U.S. GPM
P T
A B
E
A B
DSG-03-3C4
a
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C5
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
a
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
a
AB
b
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
P T
DSG-03-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]
31.7
22.2
17.2
(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]
367
Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass
In valve type 3C3, 3C5 and 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated
below and where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral
position in the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below
regardless of any voltage in the range of serviceable voltage.
Max. Flow
Graphic
Symbols
Model Numbers
DSG-03-3C3-A
A
B
P
T
a
b
DSG-03-3C3-D /R /RQ100
DSG-03-3C5-A
A
B
a
b
DSG-03-3C5-D /R /RQ100
DSG-03-3C60-A
P
T
A
B
a
b
DSG-03-3C60-D /R /RQ100
P
T
L/min (U.S.GPM)
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
16 MPa
(2320 PSI)
25 MPa
(3630 PSI)
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
26 (6.9)
21 (5.5)
18 (4.8)
16 (4.2)
35 (9.2)
24 (6.3)
21 (5.5)
20 (5.3)
84 (22.2)
52 (13.7)
52 (13.7)
68 (18.0)
65 (17.2)
61 (16.1)
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with DC Solenoids: S-DSG-03-D
Models with R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03-R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03-RQ100
Max. Flow
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
No. of Valve
Positions
P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
A
B
P
T
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
T
10
25
5
16
(1450) (2320) (3630) (730)
Three
Positions
Spring
Centred
A B
S-DSG-03-3C2
b
a
P
120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
T
A B
S-DSG-03-3C4
b
a
120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
Spring
Offset
Two
Positions
P T
A B
S-DSG-03-2B2
b
85 (22.5) 65 (17.2)
70 (18.5) 45 (11.9)
120 (31.7)
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
A
B
A
P
T
P
Working Pressure MPa (PSI)
5
(730)
L/min (U.S.GPM)
10
25
16
(1450) (2320) (3630)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2)
105 (27.7) 65 (17.2) 40 (10.6)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6)
100 (26.4) 65 (17.2) 35 (9.2)
B
T
5
(730)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
10
16
(1450) (2320)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2)
105 (27.7) 65 (17.2) 40 (10.6)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6)
100 (26.4) 65 (17.2) 35 (9.2)
120 (31.7) 100 (26.4) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
P T
105 (27.7) 60 (15.9)
80 (21.1) 50 (13.2)
Note: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
L/min
368
U.S.GPM
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
80 (21.1)
At rated voltage
[after temperature rises and saturated]
25
(3630)
Reverse Mounting of Solenoid
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
A
SOL b
SOL a
a
b
P
B
A
B
P
T
T
Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
E
Neutral Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
A
SOL. b Energised
Position
B
b
a
P
T
2B2B
2B2A
A
B
P
T
A
B
P
T
b
b
SOL. a Energised
Position (2B2A)
SOL. b Energised
Position (2B2B)
Graphic SymbolsG
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
A
b
P
(S-) DSG-03-2B2A
Reverse
Mtg. Type
B
(S-) DSG-03-2B A
T
raphic Symbols
Model Numbers
B
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
B
DSG-03-2B B
a
P
T
Reverse
Mtg. Type
b
P
T
A
B
P
T
a
(S-) DSG-03-2B2B
DSG-03-2B3B
(S-) DSG-03-2B4B
DSG-03-2B60B
DSG-03-2B10B
In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting
type highlighted with shade are optional extra,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with
us before ordering.
369
Standard Type (Without Shockless Function)
[Test Conditions]
Flow Rate: 70 L/min (18.5 U.S.GPM)
Viscosity: 30 mm2 /s (140 SSU)
Voltage: 100 %V (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
ON
Solenoid
OFF
OFF
0
0
Spool Shift
Max.
T1
Shockless Type
[Test Circuit and Conditions]
Type
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
DSG-03-3C2-A
DSG-03-3C2-D
DSG-03-3C2-R
DSG-03-3C2-RQ100
T2
Changeover Time ms
T1
T2
27
22
97
30
97
204
97
41
Accelmeter
OFF
ON
Speed
SOL a
a
b
G1
Load
G2
Acceleration (G)
Ps
Pressure
(Ps)
T1
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI)
Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.)
Speed: 8.8 m/min (28.9 ft./min)
370
Time
T2
Time
Acceleration
ms
m/s2 (G)
T1 T2
G1
G2
S-DSG-03-3C2- D
110 120
Shockless
6.4
6.4
S-DSG-03-3C2- R
110 220
Type
(.65) (.65)
S-DSG-03-3C2-RQ100 110 120
Type
Model Numbers
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Standard Type: DSG-03
PSI
Pressure Drop
P
350
300
Model Numbers
MPa
P→ B
A→ T
7
7
7
P→ T
2
DSG-03-3C3
9
9
9
9
3
DSG-03-3C4
7
8
7
8
DSG-03-3C40
7
7
7
7
1.5
4
DSG-03-3C5
9
7
7
9
1
5
DSG-03-3C60
6
5
6
5
1
DSG-03-3C9
9
7
9
7
DSG-03-3C10
7
8
7
7
DSG-03-3C11
9
7
7
7
DSG-03-3C12
7
7
7
8
DSG-03-2D2
4
3
6
6
DSG-03-2B2
2
1
7
7
DSG-03-2B3
3
2
9
9
DSG-03-2B8
6
200
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
B→ T
7
2.0
250
150
P→A
DSG-03-3C2
1
2.5
7
8
9
6
0
0
0
20
5
60
40
10
80
15
20
100
25
120
L/ min
30
35 U.S.GPM
5
E
5
Shockless Type: S-DSG-03
PSI
Pressure Drop
P
350
300
MPa
1
2.5
2.0
2
250
200
150
Model Numbers
3
1.0
P→A
B→T
P→B
A→T
S-DSG-03-3C2
2
2
2
2
S-DSG-03-3C4
2
2
3
3
S-DSG-03-2B2
1
2
2
2
1.5
Flow Rate
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
20
5
40
10
60
80
15
20
100
25
120
30
L/ min
35 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
Factor
SSU
77
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
20
30
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/0.850)
371
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
TERMINAL BOX TYPE
-A -50/5090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detended
Cylinder Port "A "
Pressure Port "P"
(For Sol b)
91
(3.58)
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
"C " Thd.
DSG-03-
-A -50
DSG-03-
-A -5090 1/2 NPT
G 1/2
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
Solenoid-Each End
47.5
(1.87)
89.5
(3.52)
105.3
(4.15)
35.3
(1.39)
58
(2.28)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
50.8
(2.00)
(For Sol a)
Tank Port "T "
236
(9.29)
179.5
(7.07)
123
(4.84)
34.5
(1.36)
SOL b
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
SOL a
19
(.75)
27
(1.06)
Model Numbers
Cylinder Port "B"
54
(2.13)
92
(3.62)
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
. Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port in the left side is normally used in our standard sub-plate,
though, either side of the tank port "T" can be used without problem.
DIMENSIONS IN
179.5
(7.07)
SOL b
176.3
(6.94)
For other dimensions, refer to "Spring Centred and No-Spring Detented" medels.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position -SOL a side- is also available.
372
TERMINAL BOX TYPE
Models with DC Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03-D -50/5090
Models with R Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03-R -50/5090
Models with RQ Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03-RQ100-50/5090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented
Solenoid-Each End
70.5
(2.78)
282
(11.10)
202.5
(7.97)
L
SOL a
SOL b
114
(4.49)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
E
L'
Double Solenoid
Models Only
199.3
(7.85)
For other dimensions, refer to Models with AC solenoids (Page 372).
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub- plates
DSGM-03 -40/2180/2190
J
18
(.71)
8.8 (.35) Dia. Through
14 (.55) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
90
(3.54)
54
(2.13)
37.3
(1.47)
27
(1.06)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
4 Places
P
S
20
(.79)
7
(.28)
6.4
(.25)
10
(.39)
22
(.87)
N
T
3.2
(.13)
B
A
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-40
DSGM-03Y-2180
DSGM-03Y-2190
92
(3.62)
F
H
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 1/2
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
T
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
76
(2.99)
70
(2.76)
110
(4.33)
Q
P
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
32.5
(1.28)
21.4
(.84)
L
K
16.7
(.66)
35.3
(1.39)
89.5
(3.52)
105.3
(4.15)
58
(2.28)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
"D" Thd.
M6
E
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
M6
13 (.51)
1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
F
H
Dimensions mm (Inches)
J
L
K
N
P
Q
S
T
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
10
32
62
40
16
48
21
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
10
32
62
40
16
48
21
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
120
14
(4.72) (.55)
15
50
80
45
10
47
16
42
(.59) (1.97) (3.15) (1.77) (.39) (1.85) (.63) (1.65)
373
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)
-A - N -50/5090
N1
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as
35.3 61.8
(1.39) (2.43)
109.1
(4.30)
27.5(1.08)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
61.8
(2.43)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ..... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
236
(9.29)
91
(3.58)
39 35
89
(3.50)
(1.54) (1.38)
SOLa
SOLb
Double Solenoid
Models Only
176.3
(6.94)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
-D - N -50/5090
N1
Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03-R -N-50/5090
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03-
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ..... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ..... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as
282
(11.10)
114
(4.49)
35
F
(1.38)
C
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
Model Numbers
N
- N1
-50/5090
SOL a
199.3
(7.85)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
D
E
F
DSG-03-
-D
121.1 (4.77) 73.8 (2.91)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
DSG-03-
-R -N-50/5090 124.9 (4.92) 62.6 (2.46)
34 (1.34)
53 (2.09)
DIMENSIONS IN
Options
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut: (S-)DSG-03-
- C(- N )-50/5090
N1
AC : 158.5 (6.24)
Lock Nut
DC,R,RQ : 181.5 (7.15)
Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is
held.
Be sure to loosen "LockNut" fully before solenoid
is energised
Push Button
374
Double Solenoid
Models Only
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type"
(Page 372 – 373).
C
89
(3.50)
SOL b
35.3
(1.39)
D
E
Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Double Solenoid Type
Power Supply
(For SOL.b)
3
Power Supply
(For SOL.a)
1
Earth
Single Solenoid Type
Earth
Indicator
Light
Indicatot
Light
Terminal
Box Type
SOL. b
Common Plate
SOL. b
SOL. a
Indicator Light
2
Common
Earth
Power
Supply
1
E
Ground
1
1-Power Supply
1
Plug-in
Connector
Type
3
3
2-Power Supply
3
2
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it.
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
DANGER
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Electric Source
AC
AC → DC Rectified
DC
3
2
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Power
Supply
Power
Supply
Terminal
Box Type
Power
Supply
SOL.
Common
Ground
SOL.
SOL.
Common
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
Common
Ground
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
Plug-in
Connector
Type
Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power
Supply
1-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
Ground
Ground
1-Power
Supply
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
SOL.
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
(Circuit composed
in coil)
Rectifier
Circuit
375
■ List of Seals
-DSG-03-
- -50/5090
Spring Offset Type
18
30 26
19
21
20
22
25
24 31 17 23
16
43 42 41 40 44
29
15
14
SOL b
28
SOL a
27
1
2
27
3
6
4
10
-DSG-03-
-N/N1-50/5090
46
47
48
45
16
SOL a
SOL b
List of Seals
Qty.
Item
Name of Parts
21
27
28
29
30
41
43
Gasket
O-Ring
O-Ring
Plug
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
3C
1751S-VK418689-6
SO-NB-A014(NBR, Hs90)
SO-NB-P21
1790S-VK418329-9
S6
SO-NB-P21
SO-NA-P4
2D2
1
5
1
5
2
2
4
2
2
4
Remarks
2B
1
5
1
2
2
1
2
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 16 )
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers
O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
Seal Kit No.
DSG-03-
- -50/5090
KS-DSG-03-50
27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above), 43 (4 Pcs.)
DSG-03-
- -N-50/5090
KS-DSG-03-N-50
27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector
Refer to Page 377 for the details of these parts.
376
■ Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.
42
17
45
46
Solenoid Ass'y No.
Coil No.
Receptacle
Part No.
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
SA3-100-51
SA3-120-51
SA3-200-51
SA3-240-51
SD3-12-51
SD3-24-51
SD3-100-51
SR3-100-51
SR3-200-51
SR3-100-51
SD3-12-S-51
SD3-24-S-51
SD3-100-S-51
SR3-100-S-51
SR3-200-S-51
SR3-100-51
SA3-100-N-51
SA3-120-N-51
SA3-200-N-51
SA3-240-N-51
SD3-12-N-51
SD3-24-N-51
SD3-100-N-51
SR3-100-N-51
SR3-200-N-51
SD3-12-S-N-51
SD3-24-S-N-51
SD3-100-S-N-51
SR3-100-S-N-51
SR3-200-S-N-51
SA3-100-N-51
SA3-120-N-51
SA3-200-N-51
SA3-240-N-51
SD3-12-N-51
SD3-24-N-51
SD3-100-N-51
SD3-12-S-N-51
SD3-24-S-N-51
SD3-48-S-N-51
C-SA3-100-51
C-SA3-120-51
C-SA3-200-51
C-SA3-240-51
C-SD3-12-51
C-SD3-24-51
C-SD3-100-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SR3-200-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SD3-12-51
C-SD3-24-51
C-SD3-100-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SR3-200-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SA3-100-N-51
C-SA3-120-N-51
C-SA3-200-N-51
C-SA3-240-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
C-SR3-100-N-51
C-SR3-200-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
C-SR3-100-N-51
C-SR3-200-N-51
C-SA3-100-N-51
C-SA3-120-N-51
C-SA3-200-N-51
C-SA3-240-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03-
-A100-50
-A120-50
-A200-50
-A240-50
-D12-50
-D24-50
-D100-50
-R100-50
-R200-50
-RQ100-50
-D12-50
-D24-50
-D100-50
-R100-50
-R200-50
-RQ100-50
-A100-N-50
-A120-N-50
-A200-N-50
-A240-N-50
-D12-N-50
-D24-N-50
-D100-N-50
-R100-N-50
-R200-N-50
-D12-N-50
-D24-N-50
-D100-N-50
-R100-N-50
-R200-N-50
-A100-N1-50
-A120-N1-50
-A200-N1-50
-A240-N1-50
-D12-N1-50
-D24-N1-50
-D100-N1-50
-D12-N1-50
-D24-N1-50
-D100-N1-50
Remarks
R3-60
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
Terminal
Box
Type
RR3-60
QR3-C-60
E
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
RR3-60
QR3-C-60
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
Plug-in
Connector
Type
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
16
Valve Model Numbers
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
Note : The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.
377
■ Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
2 type of Direct Acting type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves,
E-DSG-01/03, with suppressed consumption power 5W were launched
in series.
● Because these valves only 5W of power which enables remarkable
reduction of operating cost.
E-DSG-01
E-DSG Series
E-DSG-01: 5W
E-DSG-03: 5W
DSG Series
DSG-01: 29W
DSG-03: 38W
Low Wattage Type
Standard
● Since these valves operate on only 5W, they can be driven through the
output circuit of a programmed or sequence controller. This feature
simplifies the electric circuitry and enables savings in initial cost.
● These low wattage valves minimize coil surface temperature.
● CE certified products are available.
E-DSG-03
Specifications
Max. Flow ★
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Max. Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min {min-1}
Mass
kg (1bs.)
2.2 (4.85)
E-DSG-01-3C -D -60
E-DSG-01-2N2-D -60
30
(7.9)
E-DSG-01-2D2-D -60
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
2.2 (4.85)
240
2.2 (4.85)
1.6 (3.53)
E-DSG-01-2B -D -60
E-DSG-03-3C -D -50
5 (11.03)
63
(16.6)
E-DSG-01-2D2-D -50
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
5 (11.03)
240
3.6 (7.94)
E-DSG-01-2B2-D -50
★ Maxmum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition.
Solenoid Ratings
Model Numbers
Electric source
E-DSG-01
DC (K Series)
E-DSG-03
Coil Type
Source Rating
Voltage (V)
Serviceable Range
Inrush (A)
Power (W)
D12
12
10.8 – 13.2
0.43
D24
24
21.6 – 26.4
0.23
D12
12
10.8 – 13.2
0.44
D24
24
21.6 – 26.4
0.22
delivery with us before ordering .
For details, please contact us.
378
Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
5
5
■ Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Drive power source and signal are separate.
The valve is actuated by operating a built-in switch using a very small
current signal (about 10 mA) when the solenoid is energised.
● A Direct Drive by a programmable controller is now possible.
As the valve can be actuated by a very small current, as we have
mentioned, a Direct Drive is possible on the output circuit of the
programmable controller or sequence controller.
T-DSG-01
● Simple construction and stable operation.
Since the valve is a direct type, the construction is quite simple.
Also the solenoid is the well proven wet armature type, which can
withstand contamination.
Therefore a stable operation can be obtained.
E
Specifications
Valve
Type
Max. Flow ★
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
T-DSG-01-3C -D24 -70/7090
Max. Operating Pressure Max. T-Line
Back Pressure
MPa
MPa
(PSI)
(PSI)
35
(5080)
100
(26.4)
T-DSG-01-2D2-D24 -70/7090
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min {min-1}
21
(3050)
300
1.85 (4.08)
1.4 (3.09)
T-DSG-01-2B -D24 -70/7090
Shockless T-S-DSG-01-3C -D24 -70/7090
Type
T-S-DSG-01-2B2-D24 -70/7090
Standard
Type
Mass
kg
(1bs.)
T-DSG-03-3C -D24 -50/5090
T-DSG-03-2D2-D24 -50/5090
63
(16.6)
25
(3630)
21
(3050)
120
120
(31.7)
31.5 (4570)
Spool Type 60 Only
25 (3630)
16
(2320)
240
25
(3630)
16
(2320)
T-DSG-03-2B -D24 -50/5090
Shockless T-S-DSG-03-3C -D24 -50/5090
Type
T-S-DSG-03-2B2-D24 -50/5090
120
(31.7)
1.85 (4.08)
1.4 (3.09)
5 (11.03)
3.6 (7.94)
120
5 (11.03)
3.6 (7.94)
★ Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition the same as those for standard
DSG-01/03, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 347 - 351 (DSG-01) and 364 - 368 (DSG-03) for details.
Electronic Relay Incorporated
T-DSG-03
F-
T-
Special Control
Type
Seals
SType
DSG
-03
-2
Series Valve Number
Number Size of Valve
Position
B
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
2
Spool
Type
A
-D24
Special
Two
Coil Type
Position
Valve
01
T:
Electronic
Relay
Incorporated
Type
M
Supply
Type of
Signal
Power
-70
-L
Models with
Design Design
Alternate
Number Standard
Offset
Solenoid
None:
Internal
Signal
Power
70
M:
External
Signal
Power
50
DC
D24
03
Please refer to the valve type DSG-01 and DSG-03 shown on page 346 and 363 for the area shaded.
For details, please contact us.
Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
379
■ Comparison of The Conventional Type and The Electronic Relay
Incorporated Type
Conventional Type
● Output Unit
● Large capacity output units (approximately 2A per unit) are required to operate solenoid
operated directional valves.
● As there is a limitation for common capacity, all contacts of the output units can be used in
some cases.
● Total cost therefore becomes higher, and a larger installation space is required.
Programmable
Controller
Control Board
Thick wires are
required and,
therefore, wiring
is awkward.
Solenoid Power Supply
● Power Supply Cables
● As each double solenoid valve requires a minimum of three cables, it is obvious that
the more valves you use, the more power supply cables and wiring is necessitated.
This may increase the possibility of miswriting.
● Miswriting and short circuits may damage a very expensive programmable
controller and output units.
Electronic Relay Incorporated Type
● Output Unit
● Standard small capacity output unit, which is usually less expensive can be used.
● Other electric devices can be commonly used with the solenoid directional valves.
Therefore, installation as or output units can be reduced.
● Signal Output Cables
● Thinner cable, compared with power supply cable, can be used and therefore wiring is easier.
● The solenoid operated directional valve is provided with a protective circuit to ensure a
constant current, which protects the programmable controller from serious effects caused by
miswriting.
Programmable
Controller
Control
Board
Common
Cables
Solenoid Power Supply
● Only two power supply cables are required for solenoid operated directional valves
and, therefore wiring can be reduced.
380
Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
■ Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
These valves are composed of a solenoid operated pilot valve and a pilot
operated slave valve. When a solenoid is energised the pilot valve
directs the flow to move the spool of the slave valve, thus changing the
direction of flow in the hydraulic circuit.
● High Pressure High Flow
High pressure [31.5 MPa (4570 PSI)] along which high flow means
compact system design.
● Lower Pressure Drop
System energy saving increased as pressure drop of each valve has been
greatly reduced.
Specifications
★1
Valve
Type
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
DSHG-01-3C - -14/1480/1490
DSHG-01-2B - -14/1480/1490
DSHG-03-3C - -14/1490
DSHG-03-2N - -14/1490
Standard DSHG-03-2B - -14/1490
Type (S-)DSHG-04-3C - -52/5290
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - -52/5290
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - -52/5290
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - -53/5390
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - -53/5390
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - -53/5390
Shockless (S-)DSHG-06-3H - -53/5390
Type (S-)DSHG-10-3C - -43/4390
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - -43/4390
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - -43/4390
(S-)DSHG-10-3H - -43/4390
Max. ChangeMax. T-Line Back
Max.
Min. ★2
over Frequecy
Pressure
Operating Max. Pilot Required
Pressure
Cycles/Min
{min–1}
MPa
(PSI)
Pressure
Pilot Pres.
R
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Ext. Drain Int. Drain AC DC
40 (10.6)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
1.0 (145)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
160 (42.3)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
0.7 (100)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
300 (79.3) 31.5 (4570) 25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
21 (3050)
1.0 (145)
110
110
110
120
100
120
100
100
100
60
60
50
★3
500 (132)
31.5 (4570)
25 (3630)
1100 (291) 31.5 (4570)
1.0 (145)
Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of
spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 386 to 390
for details.
★2. Pilot pressure of internal pilot drain models must always exceed tank line back pressure
by a minimum required pilot pressure.
★3. Min. pilot pressure of with pilot piston in 1.8 MPa (260 PSI).
■ Solenoid Ratings
Solenoid ratings of pilot valve are identical with those of standard solenoid
valve. Refer to relevant solenoid ratings described on the page below.
Pilot Valve Model
Numbers
DSG-01-
- -70
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
★1.
Model
Numbers
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
(S-)DSHG-04
(S-)DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
★3
Solenoid Ratings described
on the page below
345
Mass
kg
(1bs.)
3.2 (7.1)
2.7 (6.0)
6.9 (15.2)
6.9 (15.2)
6.4 (14.1)
8.5 (18.7)
8.5 (18.7)
8.0 (17.6)
12.4 (27.3)
12.4 (27.3)
11.9 (26.2)
13.2 (29.1)
45.0 (99.2)
45.0 (99.2)
44.5 (98.1)
52.9 (116.6)
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
E
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.
Consult us for the details.
Model Numbers
DSHF-10DSHF-16DSHF-24DSHF-32-
-
-27
-37
-28
-27
Rated Flow
Max. Pressure
l/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
21 (3050)
315 (83)
21 (3050)
500 (132)
21 (3050)
1200 (317)
21 (3050)
2400 (634)
CSA Approved Solenoid Valve
Available to supply DSHG-06 series valve approved
by the CSA (Canadian Standards Association).
Consult us for details.
381
F-
S-
DSHG
-06
-2
B
2
A
-C2
-E
T
Special
Seals
Type
Series
Number
Valve
Size
No. of
Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Spool
Type
Special Two
Position
Valve
Models with
Pilot Choke
Valve
Pilot
Connection
Drain
Connection
3
C:
Spring Centred
2, 3, 4
40, 5, 60
7, 9, 10
11, 12
2
B:
Spring Offset
2, 3, 4
40, 7
3
C:
Spring Centred
2, 3, 4
40, 5, 60
7, 9, 10
11, 12
None:
Internal
Pilot
None:
External
Drain
E:
External
Pilot
E:
Internal
Drain
01
None:
Standard
Type
03
F:
For
Phosphate
Ester
Type
Fluids
DSHG:
Solenoid
Controlled
Pilot
Operated
Directional
Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
if not
(Omit
required )
N:
No-Spring
2
3
4
40
7
2
B:
Spring Offset
3
04
2, 4, 40
C:
60, 10, 12
★1
Spring Centred 3, 5, 6
7, 9, 11
(
S:
Shockless
Type
06
10
3
)
A ★2
N:
No-Spring
2, 4, 40
(3, 7) ★1
B:
Spring Offset
A B★2
2, 4, 40
★1
(Omit
if
not required)
(3, 7)
2
None:
Standard
Type
C1 :
With C1
Choke
(Omit if not required)
C2 :
With C2
Choke
★2
H:
2, 4, 40
Pressure Centred 60, 10, 12
3, 5, 6 ★1
C:
7, 9, 11
Spring Centred
(
)
if not
(Omit
required )
N:
No-Spring
2, 4, 40
A ★2
(3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
B:
Spring Offset
2, 4, 40
(3, 7) ★1
2
C1C2 :
With C1 &
C2 Choke
★2
A
B★2
Note: In spool type “3”, “5”, “6”, “60”, and “7”, the combination applicable between pilot system and drain system is as described in the table below.
Pilot Connection
Internal Pilot
External Pilot (E)
382
Drain Connection
External Drain
Care in Application
Hold back pressure in the tank line so that the difference between
pilot pressure and drain pressure is always more than minimum
required pilot pressure.
Internal Drain (T)
Combination is not applicable
External Drain
Internal Drain (T)
No restrictions in the combination on us
-R2
-A100
-C
-H
Coil
Type
Manual
Override of
Pilot Valve
Bult-in
Orifice for
Pilot Line
★3
Spool Control
Modification
-N
Type of Electrical Conduit
Connection
AC:
A100 , A200
A120 , A240
-53
Design
Number
14
Design
Standard
None:
Japanese
Standard
"JIS"
-L
Models with
Reverse Mtg.
of Solenoid
L
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
R2 :
With Stroke
Adjustment,
Both Ends
AC → DC
R100 , R200
RA :
With Stroke
Adjustment,
Port "A" End
None:
Terminal
Box Type
None :
Manual
Override
Pin
14
90:
N.
American
Design
Standard
E
L
RB :
With Stroke
Adjustment,
Port "B" End
AC:
A100 , A200
A120 , A240
R2 : With Stroke Adj.,
Both Ends
RA : With Stroke Adj.,
Port "A" End
RB : With Stroke Adj.,
Port "B" End
P2 : With Pilot Piston,
Both Ends
PA : With Pilot Piston,
Port "A" End
PB : With Pilot Piston,
Port "B" End
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
AC → DC
R100 , R200
52
C:
Push
Button &
Lock Nut
N:
Push-in
Connector
Type
N1 :
★4
Push-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
L
53
H:
Refer to ★5
None:
Japanese
Standard
"JIS" &
European
Design
Standard
43
80:
European
Design
Standard
(Applicable
only for
DSHG-01)
90:
N.
American
Design
Standard
L
Solenoid Controlled
★1. Shekless type (S-DSHG) are not available for spool type marked ( ).
★2. As for the details of the valve using the neutral position and the side position (either SOL a or SOL b side), please refer to page 391.
Furthermore, the spool types other than “2”, “4”, “40” (3, 7) are also available.
★3. In spool-spring arrangement “H” (Pressure centred models), the valves with stroke adjustment (R*) and pilot-piston (P*) are not available.
★4. NI stands for Plug-in connector with solenoid indicator light. NI is not available for R-type solenoids.
★5. In spool-spring arrangement “H” (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI), please specify that the
valve should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
In the table above, the symbols and numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.
The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore
please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
383
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
DSHG-04
DSHG-06
DSHG-10
Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-03Y-10
Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-20
Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-50
Rc 3/4 7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-40
Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-01-3080
DSGM-01X-3080
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03Y-2180
DHGM-03Y-1080
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
DHGM-10-4080
DHGM-10X-4080
Approx.
Approx.
Thread
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Mass
Size
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
kg (1bs.)
1/8 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01-3090
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
1/4 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3090
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3090
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
3/8 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
1/2 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DHGM-03Y-1090
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090
1/2 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
3/4 NPT
4.1 (9.0)
3/4 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
1 BSP.F
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DSGM-03 is available only for Internal pilot-Internal drain type (Use DHGM-03Y for other valves).
Mounting Bolt
Mouting Bolt
Model
Numbers
Name
MBK-01-01-30
MBK-01-02-30
M6 35 Lg.
3
DSHG-01
Mtg. Bolt Kit
DSHG-03
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
(S-)DSHG-04
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
(S)-DSHG-06
(S)-DSHG-10
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
1
2
M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.
MBK-01-01-3090 1
MBK-01-02-3090 2
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs.)
1 set
5-6
(43 - 52)
4
12 - 15
(104 - 130)
2
4
6
6
12
58
100
473
-
15
72
123
585
(104
(504
(868
(4106
1. For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain.
2. For External Pilot or External Drain.
3. Mounting bolt kit is common to that of 01 series modular valves.
Refer to figure below for the dimensions of bolt kit.
Stud Bolt
"B " Thd.
Both Ends
9
(.35)
9
(.35)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
Nut
8.5 Dia.
(.33)
"B " Thd.
9
(.35)
4
(.16)
Model Numbers
MBK-01-01-30
MBK-01-02-30
MBK-01-01-3090
MBK-01-02-3090
A mm (In.)
94 (3.70 )
134 (5.28 )
94 (3.70 )
134 (5.28 )
15
(.59)
384
"B " Thd.
M5
No.10-24 UNC
-
130)
625)
1068)
5078)
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise,
changeover speed of the main spool becomes slow. In
case of the spring centred valves in particular, making
slow of the returning speed of the main spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with the
valves of spring centred, no-spring, offset, pressure
centred and the valves with stroke adjustment.
Pressure Centred Models (3H )
The pressure centered type can be used when the
returning of the main spool to the neutral position is
required to be firmily.
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: External Pilot-External Drain)
(Only for 3H6, 3H60)
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred)
b
C1 Choke
A
B
a
DSHG-01,06,10
C2 Choke
a
Y
P
T
V
A
B
P
T
a
b
b
Y
X
V X
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R2, RA, RB)
When the adjustment screw is screwed in , the main
spool stroke becomes short and flow rate reduces.
Y
P
T
E
A
B
"R2" Models
C2 Choke
A
B
Y P
T
a
a
b
b
C1 Choke
"RA" Models
Y
P
T
B
A
A
B
Y P
T
a
b
"RB" Models
A
B
Y P
T
a
Models with Pilot Piston(P2, PA, PB)
The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high
speed changeover of the main spool is required.
However, please not that in case of spring centered
valves, there is no change in the returning speed of the
main spool to the neutral position even with the pilot
piston.
Additional Mass of Options
Add the mass described below to the mass of standard
models on page 381, if options are required.
Model
Numbers
"P2" Models
a
W
A
B
Y P
T
b
V
"PA" Models
a
A
Y P
B
T
W
A
B
Y P
T
DSHG-03
(S-)DSHG-04
(S-)DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
Model with Pilot
Choke Adj.
C1, C2
C1C2
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
kg (1bs.)
Models with
Stroke Adj.
PA
P2
PB
0.6(1.3) 0.3 (.7)
1.0(2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
1.0(2.2) 0.5(1.1) 1.2(2.6) 06 (1.3)
3.6(7.9) 1.8(4.0) 3.7(8.2) 1.85 (4.1)
Models with
Pilot Piston
PA
P2
PB
b
V
"PB" Models
a
b
Solenoid Controlled
DSHG-03, 04
b
Options on Pilot Valve
The same options to DSG-01 series valves are available.
Please refer to page 345 for the details.
385
List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-01)
Three Positions
Two Positions
Spring Centred
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Spool Type
A
b
a
Y
P
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
B
A
b
Y
T
Model Numbers
7 MPa
14 MPa
21 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI)
Maximum Flow
B
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P
L /min (U.S.GPM)
T
Model Numbers
7 MPa
14 MPa
21 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI)
"2"
DSHG-01-3C2
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B2
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"3"
DSHG-01-3C3
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B3
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"4"
DSHG-01-3C4
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B4
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"40"
DSHG-01-3C40
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B40
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"5"
DSHG-01-3C5
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"60"
DSHG-01-3C60
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"7"
DSHG-01-3C7
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B7
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"9"
DSHG-01-3C9
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"10"
DSHG-01-3C10
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"11"
DSHG-01-3C11
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"12"
DSHG-01-3C12
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
Notes ) 1. Max. flow shows value at pilot pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or P B
A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow differs
according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
A
B
P
T
b
a
386
List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-03)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
P
L /min (U.S.GPM)
T
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
Model Numbers
"2"
DSHG-03-3C2
"3"
DSHG-03-3C3
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
"4"
DSHG-03-3C4
160 (42.3)
"40"
DSHG-03-3C40
"5"
DSHG-03-3C5
"60"
DSHG-03-3C60
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
"7"
DSHG-03-3C7
160 (42.3)
"9"
DSHG-03-3C9
160 (42.3)
"10"
DSHG-03-3C10
160 (42.3)
"11"
DSHG-03-3C11
160 (42.3)
"12"
DSHG-03-3C12
160 (42.3)
85
160
85
160 (42.3)
160
85
160 (42.3)
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
60
95
60
95
60
95
125
160
60
95
60
95
60
95
60
95
60
95
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(33.0)
(42.3)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
E
Two Positions
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
P
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
B
a
Spring Offset
A
b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y
T
Model Numbers
"2"
DSHG-03-2N2
"3"
DSHG-03-2N3
"4"
DSHG-03-2N4
"40"
DSHG-03-2N40
"7"
DSHG-03-2N7
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
P
160 (42.3)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow
condition of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown
in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port
is blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic
circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
L /min (U.S.GPM)
T
Model Numbers
DSHG-03-2B2
DSHG-03-2B3
DSHG-03-2B4
DSHG-03-2B40
DSHG-03-2B7
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table
above is as shown below.
(Example)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure.
Pilot Pressure more than 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).
Maximum Flow
B
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
Solenoid Controlled
A
Spool Type
Pilot Pressure at 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3)
Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
A
B
P
T
b
a
387
List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-04/S-DSHG-04)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
DSHG-04-3C2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C2 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
Model Numbers
"2"
"3"
DSHG-04-3C3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-3C4
(S-)DSHG-04-3C4
DSHG-04-3C40
(S-)DSHG-04-3C40
"4"
"40"
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
250 (66.1)
250 (66.1)
140 (37.0)
200 (52.8)
120 (31.7)
165 (43.6)
110 (29.1)
145 (38.3)
110 (29.1)
"5"
DSHG-04-3C5 250 (66.1) 250 (66.1) 245 (64.7) 245 (64.7)
"6"
DSHG-04-3C6 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 245 (64.7) 235 (62.1)
"60"
DSHG-04-3C60
300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C60
"7"
DSHG-04-3C7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
"9"
DSHG-04-3C9 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 250 (66.1)
"10"
DSHG-04-3C10 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 150 (39.6)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C10 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
"11"
DSHG-04-3C11 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 160 (42.3) 140 (37.0)
"12"
DSHG-04-3C12 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 170 (44.9) 135 (35.7)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C12 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
P
"3"
Graphic Symbol
A
b
Y
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Maximum Flow
B
L /min (U.S.GPM)
T
Model Numbers
"2"
Maximum Flow
B
a
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(S-)DSHG-04-2N2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-2N3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-2B3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-04-2N4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-04-2N40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"7"
DSHG-04-2N7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-2B7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
Notes:1. Max flow described above shown value at pilot pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or
P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow
differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
388
A
B
P
T
b
a
Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
Pressure Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
P T
P
T
L /min (U.S.GPM)
V
Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
410 (108) 310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C2 500 (132) 500 (132)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132)
Model Numbers
"2"
"3"
DSHG-06-3C3 500 (132) 500 (132) 460 (122) 370 (97.8)
DSHG-06-3H3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108)
500 (132)
410 (108)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C40 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
470 (124)
DSHG-06-3C5 500 (132) 500 (132) 425 (112) 350 (92.5)
DSHG-06-3H5 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
DSHG-06-3C6 475 (125) 390 (103) 300 (79.3) 230 (60.8)
DSHG-06-3H6 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C60 475 (125) 420 (111) 340 (89.8) 280 (74.0) (S-)DSHG-06-3H60 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-06-3C4 500 (132) 500 (132)
"5"
"6"
"60"
"7"
DSHG-06-3C7 500 (132) 500 (132) 450 (119) 360 (95.1)
450 (119)
500 (132)
410 (108)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C10 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
410 (108)
DSHG-06-3C11 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
410 (108)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C12 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
"9"
DSHG-06-3C9 500 (132) 500 (132)
"10"
"11"
"12"
DSHG-06-3H7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
360 (95.1)
DSHG-06-3H9
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H10
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
DSHG-06-3H11
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H12
500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
460 (122)
500 (132)
460 (122)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
460 (122)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
P
"3"
L /min (U.S.GPM)
T
Model Numbers
"2"
Maximum Flow
B
a
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Graphic Symbol
A
Maximum Flow
B
b
Y
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(S-)DSHG-06-2N2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-2N3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-2B3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-06-2N4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-06-2N40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"7"
E
Solenoid Controlled
"40"
DSHG-06-2N7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-2B7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above is as shown
below.
(Example)
410 (108)
500 (132)
500 (132)
Pilot Pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure is more than
1 MPa (150 PSI).
In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure
is more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A
B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the
maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us
for details.
A
B
P
T
b
a
389
Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
Pressure Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
P T
P
T
L /min (U.S.GPM)
V
Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
950 (251) 750 (198)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C2 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1050 (277)
DSHG-10-3C3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1060 (280) 895 (236)
DSHG-10-3H3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C4 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C40 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1000 (264)
DSHG-10-3C5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 980 (259) 850 (225)
DSHG-10-3H5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
DSHG-10-3C6 1050 (277) 880 (232) 700 (185) 570 (151)
DSHG-10-3H6 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C60 1050 (277) 940 (248) 785 (207) 680 (180) (S-)DSHG-10-3H60 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1040 (275) 870 (230)
DSHG-10-3C7 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-3H7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Model Numbers
"2"
"3"
"4"
"40"
"5"
"6"
"60"
"7"
"9"
DSHG-10-3C9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1040 (275) 870 (230)
950 (251)
1100 (291)
950 (251)
DSHG-10-3C11 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251)
(S-)DSHG-10-3C12 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
"10"
(S-)DSHG-10-3C10 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"11"
"12"
DSHG-10-3H9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
750 (198)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H10 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
750 (198)
DSHG-10-3H11 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
750 (198)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H12 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
P
"3"
A
Maximum Flow
B
b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
T
Model Numbers
"2"
Maximum Flow
B
a
Graphic Symbol
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Y
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
(S-)DSHG-10-2N2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-2N3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-2B3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-10-2N4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-10-2N40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"7"
DSHG-10-2N7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-2B7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Notes ) 1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above
is as shown below.
(Example)
Pilot Pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI).
Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
1040 (275)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition
of P
B
T (or P
B
A
T) as shown in the circuit
A
diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is
blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit,
therefore, please consult us for details.
390
A
B
P
T
b
a
Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b
position (side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in
the reverse position - SOL a side - is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
A
B
b
Y
P
A
SOL b
X
T
A
B
SOL a
APB
a
APB
T
P
B
X
Y
A
B
Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid ("L")
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
E
Neutral Position
SOL. b Energised
Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
A
B
P
T
Y
2B2A
A
2B2B
B
A
B
b
b
Y
P
T
Y
SOL. a Energised
Position
Graphic Symbols
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06 -2B A
10
Standard
Mtg.
Reverse
Mtg. Type
A B
A B
b
Y P T
a
P T Y
P
T
SOL. b Energised
Position
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06 -2B B
10
Standard
Mtg.
Reverse
Mtg. Type
A B
A B
b
Y P T
a
P T Y
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06 -2N A
10
(S-)DSHG- -2B2A
(S-)DSHG- -2B2B
(S-)DSHG- -2N2A
DSHG- -2B3A
DSHG- -2B3B
DSHG- -2N3A
(S-)DSHG- -2B4A
(S-)DSHG- -2B4B
(S-)DSHG- -2N4A
(S-)DSHG- -2B40A
(S-)DSHG- -2B40B
(S-)DSHG- -2N40A
DSHG- -2B5A
DSHG- -2B5B
DSHG- -2N5A
DSHG- -2B6A
DSHG- -2B6B
DSHG- -2N6A
(S-)DSHG- -2B60A
Graphic
Symbols
Graphic Symbols
(S-)DSHG- -2B60B
A B
a
b
Y P T
(S-)DSHG- -2N60A
DSHG- -2B7A
DSHG- -2B7B
DSHG- -2N7A
DSHG- -2B9A
DSHG- -2B9B
DSHG- -2N9A
(S-)DSHG- -2B10A
(S-)DSHG- -2B10B
(S-)DSHG- -2N10A
DSHG- -2B11A
DSHG- -2B11B
DSHG- -2N11A
(S-)DSHG- -2B12A
(S-)DSHG- -2B12B
(S-)DSHG- -2N12A
Standard
Mtg.
Solenoid Controlled
b
a
391
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm 2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DSHG-01
DSHG-01
MPa
1.4
160
1.2
1.0
Pressure Drop
P
PSI
200
120
80
1
Spool
Type
2
3
0.8
4
0.6
0.4
40
0
0.2
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
40 L /min
30
6
8
10
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
2
3
4
40
5
60
T
3
2
3
2
4
2
4
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
1
3
2
3
2
1
Spool
Type
P
7
9
10
11
12
2
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
3
2
3
2
4
2
4
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
T
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-03
DSHG-03
Pressure Drop
P
PSI
300
250
1
MPa
2.0
2
Spool
Type
3
4
5
6
1.6
200
1.2
150
100
50
0
0.8
0.4
0
0
0
40
80
10
20
160 L /min
120
30
40
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P
2
3
4
40
5
60
AB
TP
BA
TP
T
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
3
5
4
6
3
3
4
4
6
3
4
6
2
3
3
4
4
1
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P
7
9
10
11
12
4
AB
TP
BA
TP
3
3
4
4
6
3
6
4
3
5
4
4
6
3
4
4
3
3
4
6
T
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-04
Pressure Drop
P
DSHG-04, S-DSHG-04
PSI
180
160
120
2
MPa
1
3
4
1.2
5
6
0.8
7
80
0.4
40
0
Spool
Type
0
0
0
100
50
20
150
40
200
250
60
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
2
3
4
40
5
6
T
5
4
5
6
5
3
5
5
5
3
5
5
5
4
5
6
7
4
5
5
5
5
3
5
6
1
Spool
Type
P
60
7
9
10
11
12
7
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
7
5
7
7
5
4
5
6
5
4
5
6
5
2
5
6
6
4
5
6
5
4
5
5
T
2
300 L /min
80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-04
Spool
Type
2
4
40
392
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
2
2
2
4
2
3
2
5
2
4
2
6
T
Spool
Type
60
10
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
6
4
6
7
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
5
T
2
DSHG-06, S-DSHG-06
Pressure Drop
P
1
DSHG-06
PSI MPa
300 2.0
2
250
4
200
1.6
6
50
0
0.8
7
8
0.4
0
0
0
200
100
20
40
400
300
60
80
500
L /min
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
2
3
4
40
5
6
5
1.2
150
100
Spool
Type
3
T
8
5
8
7
6
4
6
7
8
5
8
7
8
5
8
7
8
4
5
7
1
5
3
5
4
1
Spool
Type
P
60
7
9
10
11
12
4
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
6
5
6
7
6
4
6
7
6
5
6
7
8
5
8
7
8
4
5
7
8
5
8
7
T
1
100 120 140 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-06
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
2
4
40
6
1
6
2
6
2
6
2
8
5
8
7
T
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
60
10
12
6
2
6
3
8
5
8
7
8
5
8
7
T
1
DSHG-10, S-DSHG-10
1
Pressure Drop
P
PSI MPa
300 2.0
250
100
50
0
Spool
Type
3
4
1.6
5
200
150
DSHG-10
2
7
0.8
8
0.4
9
0
0
0
200
400
50
100
600
150
800
200
10001100 L /min
250
P
2
3
4
40
5
6
6
1.2
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
T
9
6
9
8
7
6
7
7
9
6
9
6
9
6
9
8
9
6
8
6
1
5
3
5
2
2
Spool
Type
P
60
7
9
10
11
12
5
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
8
5
8
5
7
6
7
7
7
6
7
8
9
5
9
8
9
6
8
7
9
7
9
6
T
3
300 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-10
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
2
4
40
8
3
8
4
8
5
8
6
9
6
9
8
T
Spool
Type
60
10
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
8
4
8
4
9
5
9
8
9
7
9
6
E
Solenoid Controlled
Spool
Type
T
2
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
SSU
Factor
77
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
90
100
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula right.
P' = P(G'/0.850)
393
Test Conditions
Coil Type : D (Models with DC solenoids)
Voltage : Rated Voltage
Oil Viscosity : 35 mm 2/s (164 SSU)
DSHG-04
DSHG-10
ms
250
ms
3C
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
200
100
2B
SOL"ON"
2N
SOL"OFF"
50
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
MPa
Changeover Time
Changeover Time
150
3C
SOL"OFF"
SOL"ON"
150
2B
SOL"ON","OFF"
2N
100
50
0
1000
2000
3000 3600
PSI
0
Pilot Pressure
0
DSHG-06
0
5
10
1000
15
2000
ms
Changeover Time
150
Pilot Pressure
3C
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
100
2B
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
2N
50
0
0
0
5
10
1000
15
20
2000
25
3000 3600
MPa
PSI
Pilot Pressure
394
20
25
3000 3600
MPa
PSI
Terminal Box type: DSHG-01-
- -14/1490
Internal Pilot - Internal Drain
Pressure Port "P"
AC : 196.4 (7.73)
DC,R : 204.4 (8.05)
40.5
(1.59)
Cylinder Port "A"
31 0.75
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)
Solenoid-Each End
AC : 45.5 (1.79)
DC,R : 50 (1.97)
AC : 79.2 (3.12)
DC,R : 83.2 (3.28)
P
B
A
T
4 Places
Cylinder Port "B"
Tank Port "T"
E
"C" Thd. (Both Ends)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
SOL a
Double Solenoid
Models Only
43.5
(1.71) 125(4.92)
48
(1.89)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
AC ：160.7(6.33)
DC,R：164.7(6.48)
Model Numbers
"C" Thd. "D" Thd.
G 1/2
Rc 1/4
DSHG-01-
- -14
DSHG-01-
- -1490 1/2 NPT 1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
External Pilot - External Drain
External Pilot - Internal Drain
Internal Pilot - External Drain
168.8
(6.65)
150.5
(5.92)
118
(4.65)
103.5
(4.07)
60
(2.36)
SOL b
Solenoid Controlled
Nut 27 (1.06) Hex.
128.8
(5.07)
110.5
(4.35)
78
(3.07)
63.5
(2.5)
46
(1.81)
95
(3.74)
SOL a
Double Solenoid Models Only
Pilot Drain Port "Y"
"D" Thd.
Pilot Pressure Port "X"
"D" Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to "Internal Pilot Internal Drain".
395
Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-01-
- - N -14/1480/1490
N1
Internal Pilot-Internal Drain
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
The position of the Plug-i n connector can be changed as
H
E
32
(1.26)
D
F
70
(2.76)
SOL a
63.5
(2.5)
78
(3.07)
C
SOL b
48
(1.89)
43.5
(1.71)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm ( 91-100 IN.lbs.)
125
(4.92)
K
J
DIMENSIONS IN
External Pilot-External Drain
External Pilot-Internal Drain
Internal Pilot-External Drain
D
"J" Thd.
SOL a
Model Numbers
60
(2.36)
103.5
(4.07)
118
(4.65)
L
SOL b
"J" Thd.
Rc 1/4
DSHG-01-
- -N -14
DSHG-01-
- -N -1480
1/4 BSP.F
DSHG-01-
- -N -1490
1/4 NPT
J
K
"J" Thd.
Model Numbers
C
D
E
F
DSHG-01-
- -A -N /N1 128.5 (5.06)
53 (2.09)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
DSHG-01-
- -D -N /N1 139.5 (5.49)
64 (2.52)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
DSHG-01-
- -R -N
34 (1.34)
53 (2.09)
142.5 (5.61) 57.2 (2.25)
H
79.2 (3.12) 196.4 (7.73) 160.7 (6.33) 168.5 (6.63)
83.2 (3.28) 204.4 (8.05) 164.7 (6.48)
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".
396
L
179.5 (7.07)
182.5 (7.19)
Terminal Box Type: DSHG-03-
Solenoid-Each End
AC : 45.5(1.79)
DC,R : 50(1.97)
Cylinder Port "B"
AC : 196.4(7.73)
DC,R : 204.4(8.05)
AC ：70.2 (2.76)
DC,R：74.2 (2.92)
54
(2.13)
L
L'
(For External Pilot Models Only)
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
- -14
DSHG-03-
- -1490 1/2 NPT
(For External Drain Models Only)
50.8
(2.0)
Cylinder Port "A"
Model Numbers
DSHG-03-
46
(1.81)
Solenoid
Indicator Light
32.5
(1.28)
Pressure Port "P"
(The pilot and drain ports in accordance with the ISO original draft)
- -14/1490
7(.28) Dia. Through, 11(.43) Dia. Spotface 4 Places
Tank Port "T"
95(3.74)
1
(.04)
46.5
(1.83)
46
(1.81)
Double Solenoid Models Only
A100
Nut
27(1.06) Hex.
58
(2.28)
170(6.69)
70
(2.76)
Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port
in the left side is normally used in our
standard sub-plate, though, either side of
the tank port "T" can be used without
problem.
AC : 182.2(7.17)
DC,R : 186.2(7.33)
N -14/1490
- -N1
Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-03-
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
F
J
K
C
D
102
(4.02)
DIMENSIONS IN
Solenoid Controlled
L'
27
(1.06)
L
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
E
SOL b
108.5
(4.27)
155.5
(6.12)
173.8
(6.84)
SOL a
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
27
(1.06)
108.5
(4.27)
E
SOL a
170
(6.69)
H
Model Numbers
58
(2.28)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For
details, refer to DSHG-01 valve on page 396.
C
D
53 (2.09)
173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 182.2 (7.17) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52)
184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
DSHG-03-
- -A -N /N1
39 (1.54)
DSHG-03-
- -D -N /N1
39 (1.54)
DSHG-03-
- -R -N
53 (2.09)
E
57.2 (2.25) 187.5 (7.38)
F
34 (1.34)
H
J
186.2 (7.33) 204.4 (8.05)
K
47.2 (1.86)
51.2 (2.02)
397
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-04Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"
204(8.03)
101.6(4.00)
50.4
(1.98)
34
(1.34)
L′
B Y
Cylinder Port "A"
(S-)DSHG-04-
- -52
(S-)DSHG-04-
- -5290
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
1.5
(.06)
A
91
(3.58)
T
L
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
X
72.9(2.87)
P
34.9
(1.37)
69.8(2.75)
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
- -52/5290
50
(1.97)
Cylinder Port "B"
7(.28) Dia. Through
2 Places
AC ：196.4(7.73)
DC,R：204.4(8.05)
95
(3.74)
AC ：45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove
DC,R：50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
AC ：50.7(2.00)
DC,R：54.7(2.15)
46
(1.81)
Double Solenoid
Models Only
A100
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
114.5
(4.51)
161.5
(6.36)
179.8
(7.08)
SOL a
L′
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
L
Nut 27(1.06) Hex.
- - N -52/5290
N1
Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-04-
DIMENSIONS IN
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm(.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 m m 2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
H
J
102
(4.02)
3(.12) Dia. Two Locating Pins
4
(.16)
AC ：46.6(1.83)
DC,R：50.6(1.99)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
C
D
F
SOL b
114.5
(4.51)
E
SOL a
Position of cable
departure can be
changed. For details,
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
K
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-04(S-)DSHG-04(S-)DSHG-04-
-A -N/N1
-D -N/N1
-R -N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
D
E
F
H
53 (2.09) 173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52) 184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05)
57.2 (2.25) 187.6 (7.39) 34 (1.34)
398
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 45.6 (1.80)
51.2 (2.02) 49.6 (1.95)
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-06-
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"
255(10.04)
53.2
(2.09)
130.2
(5.13)
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-06-
- -53
(S-)DSHG-06-
- -5390
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
T
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
P
50.5
(1.99)
Y
L
L′
X
A
B
13
(.51)
77
(3.03) 156
(6.14)
Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "B"
AC ：196.4(7.73)
DC,R：204.4(8.05)
95
(3.74)
AC ：50.7(2.00)
DC,R：54.7(2.15)
46
(1.81)
L
AC ：45.2(4.78)
DC,R：49.2(1.94)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
- - N -53/5390
N1
DIMENSIONS IN
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
H
J
102
(4.02)
Nut
27(1.06) Hex.
41
(1.61)
L′
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
6
(.24)
135.5(5.33)
APB
182.5(7.19)
SOL b
SOL a
200.8(7.91)
Double Solenoid
Models Only
E
C
Solenoid Controlled
6 Places
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
- -53/5390
D
F
SOL b
135.5
(5.33)
E
SOL a
Position of cable
departure can be
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
K
Model Numbers
-A -N/N1
-D -N/N1
-R -N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
D
E
F
H
53 (2.09) 200.5 (7.95) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52) 211.5 (8.33) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05)
57.2 (2.25) 214.5 (8.44) 34 (1.34)
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 45.2 (1.78)
51.2 (2.02) 49.2 (1.94)
399
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-10-
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
- -43/4390
Pressure Port "P"
384(15.12)
76.2
(3.00)
190.5
(7.50)
Pilot Drain Port "Y "
P
T
43
(1.69)
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.25)
43
(1.69)
Y
L′
L
X
21.8
(.86)
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
6 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
A
B
114.3
(4.50)
233.8
(9.20)
78
(3.07)
(S-)DSHG-10-
- -4390
AC ：50.7(2.00)
DC,R：54.7(2.15)
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
46
(1.81)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
SOL a
- -43
Cylinder Port "B"
AC ：196.4(7.73)
DC,R：204.4(8.05)
95
(3.74)
Two Eye Bolts M8
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-10-
19.6
(.77)
77.5
(3.05)
198
(7.80)
Tank Port "T"
198.5
(7.81)
245.5
(9.67)
263.8
(10.39)
APB
L′
B
AC ：22.2(.87)
DC,R：26.2(1.03)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
- - N -43/4390
N1
H
102
(4.02)
45
(1.77)
A
46(1.81)
X
6
(.24)
L
Nut 27(1.06) Hex.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
J
F
Position of cable
departure can be
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
198.5
(7.81)
E
D
C
K
Model Numbers
-A -N/N1
-D -N/N1
-R -N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
D
E
F
H
53 (2.09) 263.5 (10.37) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52) 274.5 (10.81) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05)
57.2 (2.25) 277.5 (10.93) 34 (1.34)
400
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 22.2 (.87)
51.2 (2.02)
26.2(1.03)
Sub-plate
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
18
(.71)
DHGM-03Y-10
54
(2.13)
DHGM-03Y-1090
1/4 NPT
43(1.69)
16.7(.66)
42(1.65)
13(.51)
1/4-20 UNC
15(.59)
80
(3.15)
45
(1.77)
25(.98)
3.2
(.13)
10
(.39)
12
(.47)
T
B
19
(.75)
11
(.43)
47
(1.85)
P
70
(2.76)
6.4(.25)
21.5(.85)
M6
1/4 BSP.F
27(1.06)
8(.31)
32.5(1.28)
3/4 NPT
F
mm (in.)
50
(1.97)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
46
(1.81)
90
(3.54)
19
(.75)
110
(4.33)
10
(.39)
22(.87)
25
(.98)
Rc 1/4
DHGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP.F
37.3(1.47)
"D" Thd.
Used only on external
pilot type valves.
To be plugged on internal
pilot type valves.
Rc 3/4
62
(2.44)
"E" Thd.
A
6.2(.24) Dia.
19
(.75)
"D" Thd.
Used only on external
drain type valves.
To be plugged on internal
drain type valves.
"E" Thd. " F" Deep
4 Places
92
(3.62)
DIMENSIONS IN
32.2(1.27)
101.6
(4.00)
DHGM-04-2090
DHGM-04X-2090
M10
M6
3/8-16 UNC 1/4-20 UNC
1/4 NPT
P X
B
Y
125
(4.92)
20
(.79)
10.1
(.40)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
90
(3.54)
19
(.75)
90
(3.54)
A
57.1
(2.25)
16
(.63)
1.6(.06)
14.2
(.56)
55.6
(2.19)
69.8
(2.75)
13.1
(.52)
71.4
(2.81)
96
(3.78)
120
(4.72)
12
(.47)
18.3(.72)
T
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
36
(1.42)
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
34(1.34)
"F" Thd.
DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F
76.7
(3.02)
50
(1.97)
Rc 1/4
"E" Thd.
46
(1.81)
29
(1.14)
166
(6.54)
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
65
(2.56)
12(.47)
"D" Thd.
P
X
Y
T
B
76
(2.99)
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
190
(7.48)
"C" Thd.
33(1.30)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
21.5(.85)
DHGM- 04 -20/2080/2090
04X
E
"C" Thd.
4 Places
6.2(.24) Dia.
Solenoid Controlled
90
(3.54)
"D" Thd.
76
(2.99)
15
(.59)
"C" Thd.
16(.63)
120
(4.72)
DHGM-03Y-10/1080/1090
A
4 Places
65.8
(2.59)
14.2
(.56)
3.6(.14) Dia.
5(.20) Deep
2 Places
88.1
(3.47)
130
(5.12)
6(.24) Dia. 2 Places
17.5(.69) Dia.
4 Places
58
(2.28)
"D" Thd.
2 Places
102
(4.02)
"F" Thd. 12(.47) Deep
2 Places
137.5
(5.41)
Valve Types
Port "Y"
Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Used only on external pilot type
valves.
To be plugged on internal pilot
type valves.
Used as drain port only on external
drain type valves.
To be plugged on internal drain
type valves.
Pilot Operated
Directional
Valves
Spring Centred
No-spring
Used
Spring Offset
Used as pilot pressure port
Used as pilot drain port
Not used (plug is not required)
Used as drain port
401
Sub-plate
DHGM- 06 -50/5090
06X
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
12
(.47)
25
(.98)
130.2
(5.13)
112.7
(4.44)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F
mm (in.)
Rc 1/4
M12
24 (.94)
1/4 NPT
1/2-13 UNC
26 (1.02)
11(.43) Dia.
"D" Thd. (From Rear)
4 Places
94.5
(3.72)
77
(3.03)
"E" Thd. " F" Deep
6 Places
53.2
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
17.5(.69)
19.1(.75)
B
29.5
(1.16)
35(1.38)
50
(1.97)
23(.91) Dia.
"C" Thd. (From Rear)
4 Places
100.8
(3.97)
12.5
(.49)
34(1.34)
4 Places
17.5
(.69)
7(.28) Dia.
8(.31) Deep
2 Places
96.9
(3.81)
X
Y
73.1
(2.88)
A
46.1
(1.81)
TP
V
74.6
(2.94)
92.1
(3.63)
12
(.47)
116
(4.57)
5.6(.22)
126.2
(4.97)
156
(6.14)
DIMENSIONS IN
DHGM- 06 -5080
06X
D
E
35
(1.38)
12.5
(.49)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
156
(6.14)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
D
E
3/4 BSP.F 151.2 (5.95) 137.7 (5.42)
1 BSP.F
155.2 (6.11)
148 (5.83)
V
A
X
N
L
F
102 (4.02)
Dimensions
H
54.4 (2.14)
106 (4.17)
50 (1.97)
K
mm (Inches)
J
K
30.6 (1.20) 125.8 (4.95)
25
(.98)
For other dimensions, refer to "DHGM-06 -50/5090" above.
For Uses of Port "X", "Y", "V", "W", refer to DHGM-10 on the following page.
402
T
P
Y
B
"C" Thd.
4 Places
24.5(.96) Dia.
4 Places
"C" Thd.
W
46.1
(1.81)
74.6
(2.94)
W
J
73.1
(2.88)
11.9
(.47)
PY
A B
X
H
116
(4.57)
T
50
(1.97)
17.5
(.69)
12
(.47)
8.9
(.35)
134
(5.28)
110
(4.33)
92.1
(3.63)
V
F
19.1
(.75)
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
130.2
(5.13)
12
(.47)
25
(.98)
1/4 BSP.F Thd.
4 Places
M12 Thd.
24(.94) Deep
6 Places
130 (5.12)
L
78.2 (3.08)
N
42.5 (1.67)
74 (2.91)
32 (1.26)
Sub-plate
DHGM- 10 -40/4080/4090
10X
DIMENSIONS IN
306.5
(12.07)
20(.79)
266.5
(10.49)
38(1.50)
190.5
(7.50)
7 (.28) Dia. 8 (.31) Deep
2 Places
168.3
(6.63)
147.6
(5.81)
"E" Thd. 34 (1.34) Deep
6 Places
114.3
(4.50)
213
(8.39)
F
76.2(3.00)
60
(2.36)
114.3
(4.50)
B
Y
W
28.6
(1.13)
21.8
(.86)
"D" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/2
1-1/2 BSP.F
1-1/2 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
V
A
B
X
"D" Thd.
4 Places
55
(2.17)
26 (1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
36 (1.42) Dia.
4 Places
"E" Thd.
F
M20
M20
152 (5.98)
3/4-10 UNC
M20
M20
156 (6.14)
3/4-10 UNC
K
J
Dimensions
H
E
T
44(1.73)
234
(9.21)
"C" Thd.
P
43(1.69)
82.5
(3.25)
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DHGM-10-40
DHGM-10-4080
DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-40
DHGM-10X-4080
DHGM-10X-4090
W
35
(1.38)
79.4
(3.13)
123.8
(4.87)
158.8
(6.25)
20.1
(.79)
199
(7.83)
Y
T P
V
A
X
"C" Thd.
4 Places
H
mm (Inches)
J
K
79 (3.11)
185.5 (7.30)
120.5 (4.74)
74 (2.91)
194.5 (7.66)
112.5 (4.43)
Solenoid Controlled
41.3(1.63)
Note: Uses of port "X", "Y", "V", and "W"
Valve Types
Solenoid
Controlled
Pilot
Operated
Directional
Valves
Pilot Pres. Port "X"
Spring Centred, No-spring,
Spring Offset
Pressure Centred
With Pilot Piston, Both Ends
With Pilot Piston,
Port "A" End
Port "Y"
Used only on
external pilot type
valves.
Used as drain port only
on external drain type
valves.
To be plugged on
internal pilot type
valves.
To be plugged on
internal drain type
valves.
With Pilot Piston,
Port "B" End
Used
Used as pilot pres. port
Used
Used
Not used
Used
Used
Not used
(plug is required)
Not used
(plug is required)
Used
Used
Used
Not used
Used
Not used
(pllug is required)
Used
Used
Not used
(plug is required)
Used
Not used (plug is
not required)
Not used
(plug is not required)
Not used
(plug is not required)
Drain Port "W"
Spring Centred, No-spring
Spring Offset
Pressure Centred
With Pilot Piston, Both Ends
Pilot
Operated
With Pilot Piston,
Directional
Port "B" End
Valves
With Pilot Spring Centred
Piston
No-spring
Port "A"
Spring Offset
End
Drain Port "V"
As the thread is provided on the body, plug either port on the sub-plate or port on the body.
403
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Valve
Terminal Box Type
DSHG-03-
DSHG-03-
-C1/C2/C1C2
-C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
Fully Extended
37.5 59
(1.48) (2.32)
Fully
Extended
37.5 59
(1.48) (2.32)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL b
A
(S-)DSHG-04-
F
H
F
H
E
E
D
C
J
SOL a
-C1/C2/C1C2
-C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
(S-)DSHG-04-
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
SOL b
SOL b
C
J
SOL a
(S-)DSHG-06
10 -
H
H
F
F
E
E
D
SOL a
(S-)DSHG-06
10 -
-C1/C2/C1C2
-C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
SOL a
SOL b
C
J
SOL b
H
H
F
F
E
E
D
SOL a
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
1. "C1" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.
2. "C2" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.
3. Lock Nut 12 (.47) Hex.
DIMENSIONS IN
Model Numbers
404
C
DSHG-03-
-C1
DSHG-03-
-C2
DSHG-03-
-C1C2
(S-) DSHG-04-
-C1
(S-) DSHG-04-
-C2
(S-) DSHG-04-
-C1C2
(S-) DSHG-06-
-C1
(S-) DSHG-06-
-C2
(S-) DSHG-06-
-C1C2
(S-) DSHG-10-
-C1
(S-) DSHG-10-
-C2
(S-) DSHG-10-
-C1C2
D
E
198.8 (7.83)
180.5 (7.11)
133.5 (5.26)
223.8 (8.81)
205.5 (8.09)
158.5 (6.24)
204.8 (8.06)
186.5 (7.34)
139.5 (5.49)
229.8 (9.05)
211.5 (8.33)
164.5 (6.48)
225.8 (8.89)
207.5 (8.17)
160.5 (6.32)
250.8 (9.87)
232.5 (9.15)
185.5 (7.30)
288.8 (11.37)
270.5 (10.65)
223.5 (8.80)
313.8 (12.35)
295.5 (11.63)
248.5 (9.78)
F
100 (3.94)
125 (4.92)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
106 (4.17)
131 (5.16)
106 (4.17)
106 (4.17)
127 (5.00)
127 (5.00)
152 (5.98)
127 (5.00)
190 (7.48)
190 (7.48)
215 (8.46)
J
H
190 (7.48)
AC SO L
DC SO L
R SOL
198.5 (7.81)
209.5 (8.25)
212.5 (8.37)
223.5 (8.80)
234.5 (9.23)
237.5 (9.35)
204.5 (8.05)
215.5 (8.48)
218.5 (8.60)
229.5 (9.04)
240.5 (9.47)
243.5 (9.59)
225.5 (8.88)
236.5 (9.31)
239.5 (9.43)
250.5 (9.86)
261.5 (10.30)
264.5 (10.41)
288.5 (11.36) 299.5 (11.79)
302.5 (11.91)
313.5 (12.34) 324.5 (12.78)
327.5 (12.89)
Options
Models with Stroke Adjustment
DSHG-03-
-R
Fully Extended
252 (9.92)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex.
SOL a
35
(1.38)
SOL b
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End)
13 (.51) Hex.
(S-)DSHG-04-
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
13 (.51) Hex.
99 (3.90)
Fully Extended
-R
Fully Extended
289 (11.38)
SOL a
E
SOL b
13 (.51) Hex.
(S-)DSHG-0610
93 (3.66)
Fully Extended
-R
13 (.51) Hex.
Fully Extended
C
SOL a
SOL b
E
17 (.67) Hex.
17 (.67) Hex.
D
Fully Extended
C
D
E
(S-)DSHG-06-
-R2
376 (14.80)
111 (4.37)
40 (1.57)
(S-)DSHG-10-
-R2
558 (21.97)
Model Numbers
Solenoid Controlled
33
(1.30)
164.5 (6.48) 65 (2.56)
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Centred Model s
(S-)DSHG- 06-3H
10
Models with Pilot Piston
(S-)DSHG- 0610
C
SOL b
SOL a
-P
C
SOL a
D
SOL b
D
C
D
C
D
(S-)DSHG-06-3H
306.5 (12.07)
102 (4.02)
(S-)DSHG-06-
-P2
323 (12.72)
84 (3.31)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H
456 (17.95)
149.5 (5.89)
(S-)DSHG-10-
-P2
479 (18.86)
125 (4.92)
Model Numbers
Model Numbers
405
List of Seals and Pilot Valves
DSHG-01-
- -14/1480/1490
12
Pipe Plug
Removed for External
Pilot Models
15 14
17
16
8
18
12
Pipe Plug
Removed for External Drain Models
SOL a
SOL b
13
T
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Pilot Models
13
2
5
4
11
8
3
1
7
10
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Drain Models
6
Note: Piece parts marked are not available
for internal pilot-internal drain type
DSHG-03-
- -14/1490
15 14 17 16
Pipe Plug
Pipe Plug
13 Removed for Internal
Pilot Models
Drain Models
SOL a
SOL b
X
Section X-X
12
5
4
Y
9
1
8
X
Item
Name
7
O-Ring
8
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
9
O-Ring
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P5
8(4)
2
DSHG-03
Part Numbers
Qty.
SO-NB-P28
2
SO-NB-A104
7
2
6
Pilot Valves
See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to be used.
5
SO-NB-P9
2
SO-NB-P9
6
Quantities in the ( ) are applicable to internal pilot-internal drain.
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed
in page 408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot
valve is included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.
406
Section Y-Y
Y
List of Seals
DSHG-01
Part Numbers
Qty.
JASO-1018-1A
2
3 10
■ List of Seals and Pilot Valves
(S-)DSHG-04-
- -52/5290
15 14 16 17
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal
Pilot Models
Pipe Plug
Drain Models
SOL a
11
SOL b
12
Y
X
E
5
4
(S-)DSHG-06(S-)DSHG-10-
1
3
9
13
8
2
Section X-X
7
- -53/5390
- -43/4390
15 14
16
17
Pipe Plug
Pilot Models
Pipe Plug
Drain Models
11
11
SOL a
SOL b
21
12
21
X
Y
12
X
Section X-X
Section Y-Y
Y
18
2
10
5
3
1
9
13
8
4
Solenoid Controlled
18 10
Section Y-Y
Y
X
11 Pipe Plug
Removed for External
Drain Models
7
Note: Item 21 orifice marked is applicable to pressure centred models
(3H ) with pilot pressure more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
List of Seals
Item
8
9
10
18
Name
O-Ring
Part Numbers
(S-)DSHG-04
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P9
(S-)DSHG-06
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-P10
(S-)DSHG-10
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P65
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
Pilot Valves
See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to
be used.
2
4
2
2
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page
408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve is included in
the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.
407
■ List of Seal Kits and Pilot Valves
Valve Model Numbers
Pilot Valve Model Numbers
DSHG-01-3C - - -14
DSHG-01-3C - -N-1480
DSHG-01-3C - - -1490
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- -N-70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-01-2B - - -14
DSHG-01-2B - -N-1480
DSHG-01-2B - - -1490
DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
DSG-01-2B2- -N-70-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
DSHG-03-3C - - -14
DSHG-03-3C - - -1490
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-03-2B - - -14
DSHG-03-2B - - -1490
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
DSHG-03-2N - - -14
DSHG-03-2N - - -1490
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -52
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -5290
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -52
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -5290
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -52
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -5290
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -53
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -5390
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -53
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -5390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -53
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -5390
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -43
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -4390
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -43
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -4390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -43
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -4390
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
Seal Kit Numbers
KS-DSHG-01- -14
(For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
KS-DSHG-01-ET- -14
(Except for Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
KS-DSHG-03- -14
KS-DSHG-04- -52
KS-DSHG-06- -53
KS-DSHG-10- -43
Notes) 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol
representing the type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359 to 360.
408
■ “ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated / Solenoid
Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves incorporate electronic
circuits o enable adjustment of the spool shifting time.
A special spool shape that minimises shock is used, shocks caused by the
actuator starting and stopping, as well as vibration due to oil hammering.
The shifting time of conventional Solenoid Operated, Shockless, and
Directional Valves is constant and cannot be adjusted.
As the shifting time of the G-Series valves can be adjusted, it can be set at
an optimal level to minimise shocks to the machine.
G-DSG-01
E
1 Reduces oil hammering during spool changeover.
Conventional Type
G-Series Valve
W
W
No vibration
No oil leakage
Enhanced
machining
accuracy
Oil Hammering
Improvement
SOL
ON
SOL
ON
Piping
vibration
Machine
vibration
Oil leakage
Large machining
errors
Solenoid Valve
P
T
P
T
2 Reduces shock caused by acceleration and deceleration
Conventional Type
G-Series Valve
Jerk at start up
Slow start
“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /
G-DSHG-04
No shaking
Improvement
Sudden stop, causing shock
Slow stop
Shaking
Still
No shaking
Stopping accuracy enhanced
“
” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /
409
System Diagram (Example of sink type wiring)
Deceleration
Start Signal
Programmable
Controller
Shifting Signal
HALT
24 V DC
SOL a
DC Power
Supply
SOL b
Adj. Volume
"OFF ADJ"
Adj. Volume "OFF ADJ"
Adj. Volume
"ON T"
Adj. Volume "ON T"
Adj. Volume "MIN"
Adj. Volume
"OFF T"
Output Current Check (to 0V)
Adj. Volume "OFF T"
Relationships between SOL signals and flow patterns
Without HALT functions
With HALT functions
A B
A B
P T
ON T
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
(Max. 1s)
SOL a
SOL b
OFF
(Max. 1s)
OFF ADJ
(Max. 1s)
ON
OFF
OFF
ADJ
ON T
P T
ON T
ON
Pattern
of Flow
A B
OFF ADJ
OFF
A B
Max.
60s
P T
OFF T
OFF
ADJ
(Max. 1s)
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
MIN
MIN
P T
Pattern
of Flow
ON
SOL a
SOL b
HALT
OFF
ON T
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
(Max. 1s)
Max.
60s
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Hold for 0.1 second or longer
OFF
ON
The minimum adjustment volume is common for SOL a and b, and it is not possible to set a different volume for each SOL a and b individually.
If the HALT functions are not used, set the minimum adjustment volume to zero.
410
“
Instructions
(Example)
a
G-DSG valve
fully opens after the ON T duration.
b
P
T
B
A
To adjust maximum flow rates, with
"G" series solenoid operated directional valves (G-DSG-01/03), flow
control valves such as throttle check
modular valves are used.
With "G" series solenoid controlled
pilot operated directional valves (GDSHG-04/06), maximum flow rates
can be adjusted without flow control
valves but by using a model with
stroke adjustment (option).
How to use HALT functions
The HALT functions are used to drive the actuator at a low speed to the stop position while keeping a slight flow
after OFF T.
A flow rate (min. flow rate) during a low-speed operation can be set with the minimum adjusting volume (The minimum
adjusting volume is common for SOL a and b. Individual setting is not possible for SOL a and b.) When HALT signal
is on, the min. flow rate becomes zero and the actuator stops. Here, take care to keep the HALT signal on for longer
than 0.1 second. The min. flow rate gets to "0" after about 60 seconds following the OFF T. If the HALT functions
are not used, set the minimum adjusting volume to zero.
The HALT functions are not applicable to the spool function "2B7".
Flow Rate
Max. 60 s
If no HALT signal is set on within 60
seconds of the end of OFF T, the flow rate
decreases gradually.
0
ON
OFF T
OFF
SOL
HALT
MIN
OFF
ON
OFF
“
E
“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /
Adjustment of maximum flow rate
The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
cannot be adjusted for maximum flow rates.
To adjust maximum flow rates, use flow control valves.
In G-series solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valves (G-DSHG-04/06), the maximum flow rate
can be adjusted by use of the valve with stroke adjustment screw of optional extra.
411
■“
” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Electronic
Circuit
Specifications
Model Numbers
Descriptions
Max. Flow
1
G-DSG-01-
- -50/5090
G-DSG-03-
- -50/5090
L /min (U.S.GPM)
10 (2.6), 20 (5.3), 30 (7.9), 40 (10.6)
40 (10.6), 60 (15.9), 80 (21.1)
2
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Max. T-Line Back Pres .
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Max. Operating Pres.
Voltage
24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply
Electric Power Supply
Input Power at 24V
36 W
36 W
Voltage
5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)
Current
Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)
Input interface
Sink Type, Source Type
Shifting signal, low speed
operation halt signal (can be
used in common with electric
power supply).
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF)
0 .1 - 1 s
0 .3 - 1 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range
(for SOL a and b)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
0.5 - 5 (.13 - 1.3)
1 - 10 (.26 - 2.6)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time
Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)
Ambient Temperature
0 - 50 ˚C (32 - 122 ˚F) with circulated air
Approx. Mass
Single Solenoid
2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.)
5.3 kg (11.7 lbs.)
Double Solenoid
3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.)
7.5 kg (16.5 lbs.)
1. The maximum flow rates may vary according to the operating pressure. Refer to Maximum Flow Rates Characteristics on pages 414 and 415 for
details.
2. At pressures more than 21 MPa (3050 PSI), the "shockless effect" is slightly less if compared it with that at 16 MPa (2320 PSI).
412
“
” Series Shockless Type
Model Number Designation
G-DSG
-01
Series
Number
Valve
Size
-10
-2B7
-S
-50
Metred Flow
Capacity
Spool Type
Input
Interface
Design
Number
-L
Design
Standards
Models with Alternate
Offset Solenoid
3C2
P
T
b
3C40
A
B
P
T
a
A
B
P
T
None:
Sink Type
(Standard)
b
Refer to
3C2
03
None : 80 L /min
40
: 40 L /min
60
: 60 L /min
A
B
P
T
a
b
L
Applicable only for 2B7
A B
S:
Source Type
a
P T
A
B
50
b
P
T
2B7
A
B
P
T
b
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
G-DSG-01
G-DSG-03
E
3C40
a
None : 60 L /min
40
: 40 L /min
50
b
2B7
None : 30 L /min
10
: 10 L /min
20
: 20 L /min
G-DSG :
G Series Shockless
Type Solenoid
Operated
Directional Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
B
a
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31
DSGM-01X-31
DSGM-01Y-31
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
DSGM-01-3180
DSGM-01X-3180
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/8 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
DSGM-01X-3190
DSGM-01Y-3190
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-2190
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
3.0 (6.6)
3.0 (6.6)
4.7 (10.4)
01
None : 40 L /min
10
: 10 L /min
20
: 20 L /min
A
Attachment (Mtg. Bolt)
Model
Numbers
G-DSG-01
G-DSG-03
Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.)
Japanese Standard "JIS" &
M5 45 Lg.
M6 35 Lg.
N. American Design Standar d
Tightening Torque
No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)
12-15 Nm (106-133 in. lbs.)
“
413
Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-01" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate
Max.Flow
8
6
40
20
0
0
40 L/min Type
A
BA
B
P
TP
T
P
Direction of
Flow
A B
20 L/min Type
4
10
G-DSG-01- -2B7
Direction of Flow
P A P B
30
2
G-DSG-01- -3C2
3C40
B
A
A
B
P
T
T
10
5
0
1000
40
30
6
Direction
of Flow
20
P A
10
2
15
2000
Pressure
20
A
B
P
T
P
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
A
20 L/min Type
P B
A
B
A
P
T
B
T10
P
T
L/min Type
0
0
25 MPa
30 L/min Type
8
4
10 L/min Type
0
L/min
U.S.GPM
10
Max.Flow
U.S.GPM
10
L/min
0
3000 3630 PSI
5
0
10
1000
15
20
2000
Pressure
25 MPa
3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Drop
G-DSG-01- -3C2
3C40
Pressure Drop
P
200
160
120
1.2
10 L/min Type
P A,P B
A T,B T
40 L/min Type
P A
P B
20 L/min Type
P A
P B
A T
B T
120
40 L/min Type
A T
B T
0.8
80
40
MPa
1.0
0.8
P
MPa
1.6
G-DSG-01- -2B7
PSI
140
Pressure Drop
PSI
240
0.4
40
0
0
20
10
2
30
4
6
Flow Rate
40
8
0
0
L/min
0
10 U.S.GPM
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in
the table right.
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure
drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
0
Viscosity
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40
50
60
70
80
90
Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate : 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)
10
7
5
3
0
OFF
100ms
SOL
U.S.GPM
8
6
L /min
30
20
4
2
0
Volume "MIN" Position
8
6
5
0
10
0
Volume "ON T" Position
2B7
SOL
Flow Rate
414
8
6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
ON
OFF
30
20
10
0
10
20
30
SOL
200 ms
Volume "OFF T" Position
U.S.GPM L /min
10
8
6
4
2
0
AB
10
8
6
4
2
0
100
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
Flow Rate
10
7
5
3
0
ON
10
0
8 U.S.GPM
Low Speed Operating Flow Characteristics
20
4
6
Flow Rate
15
3C2, 3C40
30
2
30 L/min
SSU
U.S.GPM L /min
20
10
mm2/s
Factor
Shifting Characteristics
Flow Rate
30 L/min Type
A T
B T
0.2
0
8
6
4
2
0
20 L/min Type
P A
30 L/min Type
P B
P A
P B
0.6
80
0.4
0
10 L/min Type
P A 20 L/min
P B Type
A T
A T
B T
B T
PT
100
ms
AB
HALT
PT
ON
OFF
“
OFF
ON
Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-03" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate
G-DSG-03- - 3C2
3C40
60 L/min Type
40
10
20
5
P
Direction of Flow
P A
P B
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
40 L/min Type
A
A
B
A
B
A
B
P
T
P
T
P
T
T
0
5
1000
0
15
10
20
2000
Pressure
60
15
10
40
5
20
0
0
P
40 L/min Type
Direction of Flow
P A
P B
A
B
A
B
P
T
P
T
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
A
A
B
P
T
0
3000 3630 PSI
5
0
15
10
1000
20
2000
Pressure
25 MPa
3000 3630 PSI
E
Pressure Drop
PSI
240
MPa
1.6
P
Pressure Drop
Model Numbers
G-DSG-03-3C2
3C40
1
0.8
G-DSG-03-40-3C2
3C40
3
0.4
G-DSG-03-60-3C2
3C40
2
G-DSG-03-2B7
1
G-DSG-03-40-2B7
3
80
40
0
0
0
0
20
4
40
60
8
12
Flow Rate
80 L/min
16
20 U.S.GPM
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in
the table right.
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure
drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
The numbers of the pressure drop curves are the same for P A,
P B, A T and B T.
mm2/s
SSU
Viscosity
Factor
15
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
U.S.GPM
16
Flow Rate
0
3
5
7
10
OFF
10
7
5
100ms
3
0 ON
SOL
60
70
80
90
100
U.S.GPM L /min
60
40
20
0
50
3C2, 3C40
16
12
8
4
0
40
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
3
1.2
120
1
2
200
160
T
0
0
25 MPa
60 L/min Type
12
L /min
60
60
15
G-DSG-03- -2B7
U.S.GPM L/min
80
20
80 L/min Type
Max.Flow
Max.Flow
U.S.GPM L/min
80
20
10
8
7
6
0
40
8
4
0
20
0
2B7
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
16
12
8
4
0
4
8
12
16
60
40
20
0
20
40
60
SOL
SOL
ON
OFF
200ms
AB
PT
10
7
5
3
0
100ms
AB
10
7
5
3
0
HALT
OFF
ON
PT
ON
OFF
“
415
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
G-DSG-01- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
40.5
(1.59)
110
(4.33)
Model Numbers
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
(For Sol. a)
(For Sol. b)
0.75
(.03)
9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
Cylinder Port "B"
G-DSG-01-
- -50
G-DSG-01-
- -5090
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
Cylinder Port "A"
Tank Port "T"
263
(10.35)
132
(5.20)
0.5
(.02)
65.5
(2.58)
44.5
(1.75)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
89
(3.50)
109.5
(4.31)
SOL b
11
(.43)
65
(2.56)
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
SOL a
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable
sub-plate in page 356.
G-DSG-01- -2B7- -50/5090
0.5
(.02)
197.5
(7.78)
SOL b
178.5
(7.03)
For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.
416
“
Air Vent (Both Sides)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
G-DSG-03- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"
- -5090
G 1/2
141
(5.55)
1/2 NPT
G1/2
(For Sol. b)
50.8
(2.00)
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
(For Sol. a)
Tank Port "T"
336
(13.23)
132
(5.20)
102
(4.02)
48
(1.89)
Cylinder Port "B"
54
(2.13)
1
0.5
(.02)
109.6
(4.31)
130.1
(5.12)
39
(1.54)
SOL a
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
70
(2.76)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
2
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
SOL b
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
E
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
1. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
2. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
DIMENSIONS IN
G-DSG-03-
"C" Thd.
G1/2
- -50
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
Model Numbers
G-DSG-03-
G-DSG-03- -2B7- -50/5090
234
(9.21)
0.5
(.02)
SOL b
226.3
(8.91)
For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.
“
417
■ “ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Electronic
Circuit
X T A PB
Y
Specifications
Model Numbers
Descriptions
Max. Flow
G-DSHG-04-3C - - - -50/5090
G-DSHG-06-3C - - - -50/5090
1
L /min (U.S.GPM)
160 (42.3)
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Max. T-Line Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Max. Drain Line Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
3 (440)
3 (440)
Max. Pilot Pressure
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Min. Required Pilot Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
250 (66.1)
1.5 (220)
2
at Normal
1 (0.3)
1 (0.3)
at Transition
4 (1.1)
6 (1.6)
Voltage
1
24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply
Electric Power Supply
Input Power at 24V
36 W
36 W
Voltage
5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)
Current
Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)
Input interface
Sink Type, Source Type
Shifting signal, low speed
operation halt signal (can be
used in common with electric
power supply)
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF)
ON: 0.06 - 1.5 s, OFF: 0.1 - 2 s
ON: 0.1 - 1 s, OFF: 0.2 - 2 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range
(for SOL a and b)
L /min (U.S.GPM)
5 - 20 (1.3 - 5.3)
10 - 30 (2.6 - 7.9)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time
Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)
Ambient Temperature
0 - 50 ˚C (32 - 122 ˚F) with circulated air
Approx. Mass
12 kg (26.5 lbs.)
15 kg (33.1 lbs.)
1. The maximum flow rate is constant irrespective of the working pressure.
2. Be sure that the difference between pilot pressure and drain port back pressure is larger than the minimum pilot pressure.
418
“
G-DSHG
-04
Series
Number
Valve
Size
-E
-R2
-S
-50
Spool Type
Pilot
Connection
Spool Control Modification
Input
Interface
Design
Number
3C2
04
G-DSHG :
G Series Shockless
Type Solenoid
Controlled Pilot
Operated
Directional Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
-3C2
A B
a
b
Y
P T
X
None:
Internal
Pilot
A B
b
a
Y
P T
None:
Sink Type
(Standard)
50
RA:
With Stroke Adjustment,
Port "A" End
3C40
06
R2:
Both Ends
X
E:
External
Pilot
RB:
Port "B" End
Design
Standards
Refer to
S:
Source Type
E
50
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
G-DSHG-04
G-DSHG-06
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06-5080
7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090
4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
Attachment (Mtg. Bolts)
Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Model
Numbers
G-DSHG-04
G-DSHG-06
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Directional Valves
Socket Head Cap Screw
M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
Qty.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
2
4
6
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs.)
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)
“
419
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Pressure Drop
G-DSHG-04/06-3C2/3C40
PSI
MPa
200
1.4
G-DSHG-04- 3C2
3C40
1.2
Pressure Drop P
1.0
0.8
mm2/s 15
SSU 77
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may
be obtained from the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
B T
0.6
80
Viscosity
Factor
A T
B T
P A
P B
160
120
G-DSHG-06- 3C2
3C40
0.4
P A
P B
A T
40
0.2
0
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
150
30
40
200
50
250
60
L/min
70 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
G - D S H G - 0 4 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
40
U.S.GPM L /min
100 400
250ms
0
5
10
150
30
100
10
5
0
20
50
10
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
200
50
ON
SOL
60
200
10
5
40
0
100
0
0
OFF
0
5
10
300
20
0
0
80
250ms
ON
OFF
SOL
G - D S H G - 0 4 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
30
20
10
0
60
125
100
75
10
8
0
50
25
0
SOL
HALT
420
U.S.GPM
70
500ms
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
L/min
U.S.GPM
150
40
50
OFF
OFF
200
40
160
30
120
20
80
10
40
0
0
ON
L /min
240
SOL
ON
500ms
10
8
0
ON
HALT
“
OFF
OFF
ON
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50/5090
Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P"
79.9
(3.15)
Model Numbers
34.9
(1.37)
69.8
(2.75)
72.9
(2.87)
91
(3.58)
L
50
(1.97)
Cylinder Port "A"
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
E
Cylinder Port "B"
263
(10.35)
0.5
(.02)
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -5090
1.5
(.06)
"C" Thd.
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50
L'
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
2 Places
65.5
(2.58)
132
(5.20)
1
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
116
(4.57)
L
181
(7.13)
200.5
(7.89)
SOL b
SOL a
Mounting Surface 2
(O-Rings Furnished)
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
L'
4
(.16)
50.4
(1.98)
204
(8.03)
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P22 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P9 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Directional Valves
101.6
(4.00)
34
(1.34)
4 Places
G-DSHG-04-3C - -R - -50/5090
Fully Extended 289(11.38)
SOL a
SOL b
13(.51) Hex.
33
(1.30)
Fully Extended
93(3.66)
“
13(.51) Hex.
421
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"
50.5
(1.99)
53.2
(2.09)
255
(10.04)
130.2
(5.13)
Solenoid Indicator
Light
Model Numbers
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50
L'
L
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
Cylinder Port "B"
6 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
0.5
(.02)
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -5090
13
(.51)
77
(3.03)
156
(6.14)
"C " Thd.
263
(10.35)
132
(5.20)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
2 Places
65.5
(2.58)
1
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a
L
202
(7.95)
221.5
(8.72)
137
(5.39)
SOL b
41
(1.61)
L'
6
(.24)
78.5
(3.09)
Mounting Surface 2
(O-Rings Furnished)
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P30 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P14 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 403.
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
DIMENSIONS IN
G-DSHG-06-3C - -R - -50/5090
SOL a
SOL b
13(.51) Hex.
40
(1.57)
13(.51) Hex.
Fully Extended
134.8(5.31)
422
“
■ Pilot Operated Directional Valves
These valves perform a change over of spool by hydraulic pilot and shift the direction of oil flow.
X
Y
P
Specifications
DHG-04-3C -50
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
Max.Operating
Pressure
10 MPa
16 MPa
25 MPa
31.5 MPa
MPa (PSI)
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
1
1
1
1
300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DHG-04-2N -50
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
DHG-04-2B -50
130 (34.3)
70 (18.5)
70 (18.5)
60 (15.9)
2
2
2
DHG-06-3C -50
500 (132)
DHG-06-2N -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DHG-06-2B -50
140 (37)
100 (26.4)
90 (23.8)
80 (21.1)
DHG-06-3H -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
3
500 (132)
3
500 (132)
3
DHG-10-3C -40
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DHG-10-2N -40
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DHG-10-2B -40
460 (122)
DHG-10-3H -40
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
300 (79.3)
A
B
P
T
Y
Min. Required Max. T-Line
Pilot Pressure Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
E
7.4 (16.3)
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
7.4 (16.3)
7.8 (17.2)
2
11.2 (24.7)
31.5 (4570)
2
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
1 (150)
25 (3630)
1 (150)
21 (3050)
1 (150)
4
21 (3050)
11.7 (25.8)
43.8 (96.6)
31.5 (4570)
3
11.2 (24.7)
12.0 (26.5)
3
200 (52.8)
220 (58.1)
3
Note: Max. flow in the table above represents
the value in the flow condition of P A
B T (or P B A T) as shown in
the circuit diagram right.
In case the valves is used in the condition that eihter A or B port is blocked,
the maximum flow differs according to a
hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult
X
us for details.
31.5 (4570)
Max. Pilot
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
4
21 (3050)
43.8 (96.6)
45.6 (101)
51.6 (114)
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For more information, see page
388 for the List of “Standard Model and Maximum Flow” (DSHG04) for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves.
2. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
information, see page 389 for the List of “Standard Model and
Maximum Flow” (DSHG-06) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves.
3. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
information, see page 390 for the List of “Standard Model and
Maximum Flow” (DSHG-10) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves.
4. Minimum Pilot Pressure for the models with pilot piston is 1.8 MPa
(260 PSI).
Model Numbers
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
Max.Operating Pres.
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
DHF-16-
-30
500 (132)
DHF-24-
-26
1200 (317)
DHF-32-
-21
2400 (634)
21 (3050)
Pressure Drop
Instruction
Same as those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves. See pages 392 and 393 for the
related information.
In case of Spring Offset Models, directly connect the pilot
pressure port "Y" to the reservoir as a drain port.
423
F-
DH
G
-04
-2
Type of
Number
Valve
Special Series
Connecof Valve
Size
Seals Number
tion
Positions
F:
Special
Seals
for
Phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit
if not
required)
A
-C2
-RA
-H
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
Spool
Type
Special
Two
Position
Valve
Model with
Pilot Choke
Valve
2
(Options)
Spool Control
Modification
(Options) 2
Built-in
Orifice
for Pilot
Line
R2: With Stroke
Adjustment,
Both Ends
H:
Pressure
Centred
(Option)
2 , 3
4 , 40
2 5 , 6
60 , 7
9 , 10
N:
No-Spring 11 , 12
3
G:
Subplate
Mounting
2
C:
Spring
Centred
04
DH:
Pilot
Operated
Directional
Valve
B
06
2
3
3
C2:
With C2
Choke
B:
Spring
Offset
RB: With Stroke
Adjustment,
Port B End
P2: With Pilot
Piston, Both
Ends
PA: With Pilot
Piston, Port A
End
10
Refer to
50
Refer to
5
H:
Refer to
4
40
PB: With Pilot
Piston, Port B
End
1
Design Design
Number Standard
50
RA: With Stroke
Adjustment,
Port A End
A , B
(Omit if
not
required)
-50
1.
2.
3.
4.
For various combination, see the List of Valve Types below.
For the option combinations of the Type (Valve Size) and Options, see the List of Options below.
Refer to the column "valves using neutral position and side position" (Special 2-position valve) on page 426.
In spool-spring arrangement "H" (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (150PSI), please specify that the valve
should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
5. Design Standards: None.................. Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90...................... N. American Design Standard
List of Valve Type
List of Options
Valve Types
Three Positions
Two Positions
Spring
Pressure
NoSpring
Centred
Centred
Spring
Offset
Graphic Symbols
Spool Type
X
A
B
P
T
Y
X
A
B
P
T
Y
X
A
B
P
T
Y
X
A
B
P
T
V
2
3C2
3H2
2N2
2B2
3
3C3
3H3
2N3
2B3
4
3C4
3H4
2N4
2B4
40
3C40
3H40
2N40
2B40
5
3C5
3H5
6
3C6
3H6
60
3C60
3H60
7
3C7
3H7
2N7
2B7
9
3C9
3H9
10
3C10
3H10
11
3C11
3H11
12
3C12
3H12
Model Numbers
Y
Option Code
C2 R2 RA RB P2 PA PB
DHG-04-3C
DHG-04-2N
DHG-04-2B
DHG-06-3C
DHG-06-2N
DHG-06-2B
DHG-06-3H
DHG-10-3C
DHG-10-2N
DHG-10-2B
DHG-10-3H
Note.
: Pressure Centered Models are not available for the Valve Size of "04".
424
3H
Mark: Available
Mark: Not Available
Sub-plate
Valve
Approx.
Model
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Numbers Model Numbers
Size
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (lbs.)
DHG-04
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2090
DHGM-04X-2090
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHG-06
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
8.5 (18.7)
8.5 (18.7)
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
DHG-10
Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4080
DHGM-10-40
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4)
1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-4090
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plates are shared with those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves. Refer to pages 401 to 403 for dimensions.
Mounting Bolts
E
N. American Desgin Standard
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs)
DHG-04
M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.
2
4
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
DHG-06
M12
60 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC
2-1/2 Lg.
6
100-123 (885-1089)
DHG-10
M20
75 Lg.
2 Lg.
6
473-585 (4186-5177)
3/8-16 UNC
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment (C2)
Pressure Centered Models (3H )
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise, changeover speed of
the spool becomes slow. In case of the spring centred valves in
particular, making slow of the returning speed of the spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with valves of spring
centred, no spring, spring offset, pressure centred and the valves with
stroke adjustment.
The pressure centred type can be used when the returning of the spool
to the neutral position is required to be done firmly.
Graphic Symbol
Graphic Symbols
P
T
Y
V
B
X
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )
Y
P
B
X
Spring Centred Models
A
A
When the adjustment screw is screwed in, the spool stroke becomes
short and flow rate reduces
T
Model
Numbers
Graphic Symbol
Spring Centred Models with Stroke Adjustment on Both Ends (R2)
Stroke Adjustment
Screw (Port "A" End)
Models with Pilot Piston (P )
A
The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high speed
changeover of the spool is required. However, please note that in case
of spring centred valves, there is no change in the returning speed of
the spool to the neutral position even with the pilot piston.
X
W
A
P
B
T
Spring Centred Models
with Pilot Piston on Port "A" End (PA)
Y
V
X
B
X
Y
P
T
Additional Mass of Options
Graphic Symbols
Spring Centred Models with Pilot
Piston on Both Ends (P2)
Stroke Adjustment
Screw (Port "B" End)
A
P
B
T
Add the mass described below to the mass of standard models on page 423
if options are required.
kg (lbs.)
Y
V
Model
With Pilot
Numbers Choke Valve
With Pilot Piston
PA
PB
With Stroke Adjustment
DHG-04
0.65 (1.4)
1.0 (2.2)
RA
RB
0.5 (1.1)
DHG-06
0.65 (1.4)
1.0 (2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
1.2 (2.6)
0.6 (1.3)
DHG-10
0.65 (1.4)
3.6(7.9) 1.8 (4.0)
3.7 (8.2)
1.85 (4.1)
P2
R2
425
In addition to the standard two positions valves (2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are available:
valves with neutral position and pilot Y pressure position (2B A), valves with neutral position and pilot X pressure
position (2B B).
Model Numbers
Graphic Symbols
X
B
P
T
04
DHG- 06 -2B B
10
Y
DHG- -2B2A
DHG- -2B2B
DHG- -2B3A
DHG- -2B3B
DHG- -2B4A
DHG- -2B4B
DHG- -2B40A
DHG- -2B40B
DHG- -2B5A
DHG- -2B5B
DHG- -2B6A
DHG- -2B6B
DHG- -2B60A
DHG- -2B60B
DHG- -2B7A
DHG- -2B7B
DHG- -2B9A
DHG- -2B9B
DHG- -2B10A
DHG- -2B10B
DHG- -2B11A
DHG- -2B11B
DHG- -2B12A
DHG- -2B12B
DHG-04-
B
P
T
Y
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
101.6
(4.00)
50.4
(1.98)
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Valve
DHG-04-C2
4 Places
Pilot Flow Adjustment
Screw 6(.24) Hex.
DEC.
P
Y
65
(2.56)
91(3.58)
73(2.87)
T
50
(1.97)
7(.28) Dia. Through
2 Places
204(8.03)
69.8(2.75)
34.9(1.37)
X
B
DIMENSIONS IN
9.3
(.37)
1.6
(.06)
34
(1.34)
A
Cylinder
Port "A"
X
A
-50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
Tank
Port "T"
Graphic Symbols
Pilot Pressure Port "Y"
Cylinder Port "B"
69.5
(2.74)
21
(.83)
Chain line indicates Spring Offset
Models (2B )
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
10.4
(.41)
106
(4.17)
04
DHG- 06 -2B A
10
A
146
(5.75)
Model Numbers
48
(1.89)
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
Outside dimensions are the same as those of the
main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves (DSHG-04). See page 405.
4
(.16)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
91(3.58)
121(4.76)
Models with Stroke Adj. ( R )
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.
426
For Spring Offset Models (2B , 2B A),
B
it functions as drain port. When that model
is used, directly connect it to the reservoir.
DHG-06-
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
-50/5090
Tank Port "T"
53.2
(2.09)
Options
M o d e ls w it h P ilo t C h o k e V a lv e
DHG-06-C2
Pressure Port "P"
127
(5.00)
B
In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B A), it
B
functions as a drain port. When that model is used,
directly connect it to the reservoir.
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Location Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
77.5
(3.05)
Pressure Port "P"
21.8
(.86)
Pilot Pressure
Port "X"
114.3
(4.50)
233.8
(9.20)
84
(3.31)
159.5
(6.28)
Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw
6 (.24) Hex.
DEC.
19.7 (.78)
78
(3.07)
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
384
(15.12)
65
(2.56)
Options
M o d e ls w it h P ilo t C h o k e V a lv e
DHG-10-C2
19.6
(.77)
43 (1.69)
43.1
(1.69)
21.5(.85) Dia.
Through
32(1.26) Dia.
Spotface
6 Places
190.5
(7.50)
76.2
(3.00)
66.5
(2.62)
Indicates Spring Offset
Models (2B ).
Models (2B A).
48
(1.89)
205
(8.07)
46 (1.81)
6
(.24)
The outside dimensions of the above options are the same
as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves (DSHG-10). See page 405.
2-Eye Bolts
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Fully Extended
59 (2.32)
190
(7.48)
Tank Port "T"
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
-40/4090
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.25)
198
(7.80)
DHG-10-
E
The outside dimensions of the above options are the same
as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valve (DSHG-06). See page 405.
A
Models (2B ).
Models (2B A).
48
(1.89)
41
(1.61)
X
95
(3.74)
Cylinder Port "B"
52
(2.05)
34
(1.34)
Fully Extended
59 (2.32)
142
(5.59)
255
(10.04)
65
(2.56)
13
(.51)
77
(3.03)
156
(6.14)
Cylinder Port "A"
Pilot Pressure
Port "X"
Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw
6 (.24) Hex.
DEC.
19.7 (.78)
167
(6.57)
130.2
(5.13)
230
(9.06)
50.5
(1.99)
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
13.5(.53) Dia.
Through
20(.79) Dia.
Spotface
6 Places
6(.24) Dia.
Two Location Pins
In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B A), in
B
functions as a drain port. When that model is used,
directly connect it to the reservoir.
427
List of Seals
DHG-04DHG-06DHG-10-
-50/5090
-50/5090
-40/4090
6
2
11
5
8
10
Item
Name of Parts
15 16 17 13
1
3
14
9
4
12
7
Part Numbers
DHG-04
DHG-06
DHG-10
Qty
9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P20
2
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P42
4
11
O-Ring
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-G65
2
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P14
2
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
4
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
below.
Valve Model Numbers
428
Seal Kit Numbers
DHG-04-
-50/5090
KS-DHG-04-50
DHG-06-
-50/5090
KS-DHG-06-50
DHG-10-
-40/4090
KS-DHG-10-40
■ Manually Operated Directional Valves
These valves may be used to manually
shift the spool position and change the
direction of oil flow.
Specifications
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
14 MPa
21 MPa
(2030 PSI)
(3050 PSI)
100 (26.4) 1
100 (26.4) 1
DMT-03-3C -50
7 MPa
(1020 PSI)
100 (26.4)
DMT-03-3D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMT-03-2D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMT-03-2B -50
100 (26.4)
1
1
100 (26.4)
1
100 (26.4)
300 {200} 2
(79.3 {52.8})
300 {120} 2
(79.3 {31.7})
300 {100} 2
(79.3 {26.4})
DMT-06 -3D -30
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
DMT-06 -2D -30
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
DMT-06 -2B -30
200 (52.8)
120 (31.7)
100 (26.4)
DMT-10 -3C -30
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
DMT-10 -3D -30
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMT-10 -2B -30
315 (83.2)
315 (83.2)
315 (83.2)
35 (9.2)
35 (9.2)
35 (9.2)
Max.Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line Back
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
5.0 (11.0)
21 (3050)
At time spool shift
is required:
7 (1020)
At time spool shift
is not required:
21 (3050)
12.9 (28.5)
21 (3050)
At time spool shift
is required:
7 (1020)
At time spool shift
is not required:
21 (3050)
22 (48.5)
25 (3630)
14 (2030)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
E
1
DMT-06 -3C -30
DMT-10 -2D -30
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
DMG-01-3C -10
DMG-01-3D -10
DMG-01-2D -10
5
1.8 (4.0)
1
1
1
100 (26.4)
DMG-03-3D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMG-03-2D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMG-03-2B -50
100 (26.4)
1
DMG-04-3C -21
200 (52.8)
3
DMG-04-3D -21
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-2D -21
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-2B -21
90 (23.8)
60 (15.9)
50 (13.2)
DMG-06-3C -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMG-06-3D -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMG-06-2D -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMG-06-2B -50
420 (111)
300 (79.3)
250 (66.1)
200 (52.8)
DMG-10-3C -40
1100 (291)
DMG-10-3D -40
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
DMG-10-2D -40
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
DMG-10-2B -40
670 (177)
350 (92.5)
260 (68.7)
200 (52.8)
4
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
1
100 (26.4)
1
200 (52.8)
3
105 (27.7)
3
1100 (291)
4
1100 (291)
4.0 (8.8)
6
7.4 (16.3)
7.9 (17.4)
4
1100 (291)
31.5 (4570)
21 (3050)
6
11.5 (25.4)
12 (26.5)
4
31.5 (4570)
Note: The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum
Flow" on pages 386 to 390.
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For details, see the "List of Standard Model and Maximum
Flows" for DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves (page 364 and 366 at 50 Hz
rated voltage).
2. The figures in parentheses indicate Max. flow for 3C3,3C5, 3C6 and 3C60.
3. Varies depending on the spool type. For the details, see the table in the following page.
4. Varies depending on the spool type. Same as DSHG-10 (at pilot pressure of 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
See page 390.
5. Lever operating torque varies depends on the T-line back pressure. See the right-hand figure.
6. If the T-Line back pressure exceeds 7 MPa (1020 PSI), directly connect the drain port to the
reservoir.
21 (3050)
6
48.2 (106)
50 (110)
DMG-01 Lever Operating Torque
(in.lbf.) Nm
12 1.5
8 1.0
Operating Torque
Sub-Plate Mounting
DMG-01-2B -10
DMG-03-3C -50
Threaded Connections
Model Numbers
4 0.5
0 0
0
5
10
14 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
T-Line Back Pressure
429
F-
DM
T
-03
-2
B
2
A
-50
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
No. of
Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arragement
Spool
Type
Special Two
Position
Valve
Design
Number
Design
Standard
50
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
European
80:
Design Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
03
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
T:
Threaded
Connection
DM :
Manually
Operated
Directional
G:
Valves
Sub-plate
Mounting
C:
Spring
Centred
06 (Piping size 3/4)
06X (Piping size 1)
10 (Piping size 1-1/4)
10X (Piping size 1-1/2)
01
03
04
06
10
3
2
D:
No-Spring
Detented
B:
Spring Offset
30
2 , 3
4 , 40
5 , 6
60 , 7
8 , 9
10 , 11
12
30
A ,B
(Omit if not
required)
10
50
21
50
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and European Design
Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
40
See the table below for combinations.
Refer to column "valves using neutral position and side position" (special 2-position valve) on page 431.
Model Numbers
DMF-10DMF-16-
-30
-31
Rated Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
315 (83.2)
400 (106)
21 (3050)
DMG-01
Spool Type
3C
3D
2D
2B
DMT-03
DMG-03
3C
3D
2D
2B
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
2D 3C 2D
2B 3D 2B
DMT-06
DMT-10
3C
3D
2
3
4
Maximum Flow of DMG-04-3C
Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model
Numbers
List of Spool Type
40
7 MPa(1020 PSI) 14 MPa(2030 PSI) 21 MPa(3050 PSI)
200 (52.8)
180 (47.6)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
80 (21.1)
90 (23.8)
140 (37.0)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-3C2
DMG-04-3C3
DMG-04-3C4
DMG-04-3C40
DMG-04-3C5
DMG-04-3C6
DMG-04-3C60
DMG-04-3C7
DMG-04-3C9
DMG-04-3C10
DMG-04-3C11
DMG-04-3C12
130 (34.3)
90 (23.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
50 (13.2)
60 (15.9)
70 (18.5)
75 (19.8)
125 (33.0)
130 (34.3)
150 (39.6)
200 (52.8)
Spring Centred Models (3C )
#2
5
6
60
7
8
9
Graphic Symbols
#1
85 (22.5)
70 (18.5)
90 (23.8)
105 (27.7)
40 (10.6)
55 (14.5)
55 (14.5)
55 (14.5)
100 (26.4)
85 (22.5)
85 (22.5)
95 (25.1)
#3
10
A
B
11
P
T
12
No-Spring Detented Models
3D
#1
2D
#2
#1 (#2)
A
B
#3
A
B
P
T
P
#3
T
Position #3
Position #2
T
Position #1 (#2, in case of D M T
G -01/03-2B , DM G -03-2D )
Note: The
mark indicate the spool type available for each type.
Spring Offset Models (2B )
#1 (#2)
A
B
P
430
T
#3
. Position #2 is applied for models DMG-01-2B
and DMT -03-2B /2D .
G
In addition to the standard two positions valves (2D , 2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are
available : Valves with neutral position (#2) and position #1 (2B A, 2D A), valves with neutral position (#2) and
position #3 (2B B, 2D B).
The
mark in the table below indicates the spool type available for each models.
Spring Offset Models
Model
A
B
P
T
DMT-03
DMG-03
DMT-06
DMT-10
Model
Graphic Symbols
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
Valve
Type
2B2A
2B2B
2B3A
2B3B
2B4A
2B4B
2B40A
2B40B
A
B
P
T
DMG-01
DMT-03
DMG-03
2B5B
2B5A
2B6B
2B60A
2B60B
2B7A
2B7B
2B8A
2B8B
2B9A
2B9B
2B10A
2B10B
2B11A
2B11B
2B12A
2B12B
Position #2
Position #3
No-spring Detented Models
Graphic Symbols
Valve
Type
A
P
B
T
Model
DMT-06
DMT-10
Valve
Type
2D2B
2D3A
2D3B
2D4A
2D4B
2D40A
2D40B
B
DMG-01
T
DMT-06
DMT-10
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
2D5B
2D6A
2D6B
2D60A
2D60B
2D7A
2D7B
2D8A
2D8B
2D9A
2D9B
2D10A
2D10B
2D11A
2D11B
2D12A
2D12B
Position #1
Position #2
A
P
2D2A
2D5A
Model
Graphic Symbols
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
E
2B6A
Position #1
Position #2
DMT-06
DMT-10
Graphic Symbols
Valve
Type
Position #2
Position #3
. Position number is determined with three position type (3C
and 3D ) as the standard.
431
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DMG-01
DMG-03
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-20
Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-50
Rc 3/4 7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-40
Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4)
Approx.
Approx.
Sub-plate
Thread
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Mass
Model Numbers
Size
Model Numbers
Size
kg (1bs.)
kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-3080
1/8 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-3080 1/4 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-2080
1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090
1/2 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
3/4 NPT
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-06-5080
3/4 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06X-5080
1 BSP.F
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-4080
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plate dimensions appearing page
Subplate Model Numbers
DSGM-01
DSGM-03
DHGM-04
DHGM-06
DHGM-10
Sharable with Solenoid Operand Directional Valve s and Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves. For dimensions, refer to the right table then see the corresponding pages.
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model
Numbers
DMG-01
DMG-03
Page
356
373
401
402
403
M5 45 Lg.
M6 35 Lg.
N. American
Design Standard
No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
M6 40 Lg.
M10 45 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
4
4
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs.)
5-7
(44-62)
12-15
(106-133)
2
4
6
8
12-15
(106-133)
58-72
(513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)
473-585 (4195-5177)
Qty.
Instructions
Avoid connecting the
Tank Port "T" to a line with
possible surge pressure.
Pressure Drop
The following characteristics are based on the following conditions: viscosity of the fluid: 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and
Specific Gravity: 0.850
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the following chart and G is 0.850.
DMT-06, 06X
Pressure Drop P
PSI
150
MPa
1
2
1.0
0.8
100
3
0.6
50
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
0
50
100
20
150
200
40
250
60
300 L /min
80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
432
Spool
Type P A B T P B A T P T
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
40
3
2
2
2
5
3
2
3
2
1
6
3
2
3
2
1
60
2
2
2
2
7
2
2
8
3
2
3
2
9
2
2
2
2
10
3
2
2
2
11
2
2
2
2
12
Spool
3
2
3
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
3
2
3
2
4
3
2
3
2
40
3
2
3
2
5
3
3
3
3
1
6
3
3
3
3
1
60
3
2
3
2
7
3
3
8
3
2
3
2
9
3
2
3
2
10
3
2
3
2
11
3
2
3
2
12
PSI
150
MPa
P
Pressure Drop
1
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
2
3
0.4
50
0.2
0
0
100
0
0
20
200
40
300
60
500 L /min
400
80
100
120 130 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DMG-01
PSI
200
1
1.2
P
Pressure Drop
MPa
1.4
150
2
1.0
3
0.8
100
50
0
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
5
10
15
2
20
4
25
6
35 L /min
30
8
9
3C
3C2
3C3
3C4
3C40
3C5
3C60
3C7
3C8
3C9
3C10
3C11
3C12
Valve type
3D
2D
3D2 2D2
3D3 2D3
3D4
3D40
3D5
3D60
3D7 2D7
3D8 2D8
3D9
3D10
3D11
3D12
Flow Rate
P
Pressure Drop
PSI
175
MPa
150
1.0
100
50
0
1
2
3
1.2
4
5
0.8
6
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
150
40
200 L /min
50
U.S.GPM
P A B T P B A T P T
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
2B2
2B3
2B8
U.S.GPM
DMG-04
2B
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
Spool
5
2
5
4
2
6
3
6
5
3
3
5
4
5
5
4
5
4
5
5
40
5
2
4
5
1
5
2
3
4
2
1
6
2
3
4
2
1
60
5
2
5
5
7
6
2
6
5
9
5
4
5
5
10
5
4
5
5
11
5
3
5
5
12
E
2
DMT-10, 10X
Flow Rate
For DMT-03 , DMG-03 , DMG-06 , and DMG-10 , refer to the table below then see the related page.
Model Number
DMT-03
DMG-03
DMG-06
DMG-10
Pressure Drop Characteristics
Same as DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
(Standard Type)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
(DSHG-06)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
(DSHG-10)
Page
Remarks
371
393
3D is same as 3C
393
433
69.7
(2.74)
-50/5080/5090
54
(2.13)
44
(1.73)
How to Change Lever Position:
The lever position can
30˚
be changed to any
position in five
different positions
shown on the sketch in 30˚
the right. For the lever
position change,
remove the Soc. Hd.
Cap Screw and lever
once, set the lever at 30˚
the required position
and tighten it with the
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
30˚
firmly.
27
(1.06)
10
(.39)
27
(1.06)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
4 (.16) Hex. Soc.
48.7
(1.92)
108.5
(4.27)
193.8
(7.63)
Position #1
74.5
(2.93)
27
(1.06)
Position #2
Position #3
25 (.98) Dia.
20
1
3 0˚
2 0˚
Cylinder Port "B"
"C" Thd.
Tank Port " T"
"C" Thd.
1. Lever Operating Torque:
Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
˚
R94.5
(R3.72)
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
DMT-03-
-5090
3/8 NPT
27
(1.06)
-5080
39.7
(1.56)
21.8
(.86)
26.8
(1.06)
DMT-03-
46.3
(1.82)
-50
85.3
(3.36)
"C" Thd.
DMT-03-
139
(5.47)
Model Numbers
Cylinder Port "A"
"C" Thd.
12
(.47)
30˚
Pressure Port "P"
"C" Thd.
7(.28) Dia. Through
11(.43) C' bore
4 Places
2
(0.8)
DMT-03-
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "B"
A
"h" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
DMT-06DMT-06X-
-3090
-3090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
DMT-10DMT-10X-
-30
-30
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1-1/2
DMT-10DMT-10X-
-3080 1-1/4 BSP.F
-3080 1-1/2 BSP.F
DMT-10DMT-10X-
-3090 1-1/4 NPT
-3090 1-1/2 NPT
Model No.
Position #1 Neutral Position #2
40 (1.57) Dia.
Position #3
U
J
V
K
L
N
Q
S
S
d
3/4 BSP.F
-3080
-3080 1 BSP.F
C
b
DMT-06DMT-06X-
C
a
-30
-30
R "e "
D
Z
DMT-06DMT-06X-
B
T
Y
Model Numbers
"f" Dia. Through
"g" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Tank Port " T"
H
F
E
F
-30/3080/3090
-30/3080/3090
P
DMT-06, 06XDMT-10, 10X-
DIMENSIONS IN
"h" Thd.
4 Places
X
X Stroke
Dimension mm (Inches)
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
N
Q
S
U
V
X
Y
Z
a
b
d
e
f
g
DMT-06
50
30
126 47.5 24
320
255
137 118 107 33.5 86
76
9
40
25
250
100 63.5 12 11 17.5
DMT-06X (1.97) (1.18) (4.96) (1.87) (.94) (12.60) (10.04) (5.39) (4.65) (4.21) (1.32) (3.39) (2.99) (.35) (1.57) (.98) (9.84) (3.94) (2.50) (.47) (.43) (.69)
DMT-10
66
40
160
62.5
33
402
320
173
147
135
40
102
90
12.5
50
35
300
120
78.5
15 13.5
21
DMT-10X (2.60) (1.57) (6.30) (2.46) (1.30) (15.83) (12.60) (6.81) (5.79) (5.31) (1.57) (4.02) (3.54) (.49) (1.97) (1.38) (11.81) (4.72) (3.09) (.59) (.53) (.83)
434
DMG-01-
-10/1090
DIMENSIONS IN
9.5(.37) Dia. C' bore
4 Places
R49
(R1.93)
Cylinder Port "A"
71
(2.80)
40.5
(1.59)
22(.87):3C
17(.67):3D ,2D ,2B
11
(.43)
27˚
15.5
(.61)
0.75
31
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)
Position #3
Pressure Port "P"
27˚
Neutral Position #2
Tank Port " T"
Cylinder Port "B"
Position #1
E
Four positions are available in 90˚ increment.
5
(.20)
26 (1.02) Dia.
38
(1.50)
50.5
(1.99)
39
(1.54)
Lever Fixing Screw
2.5 (.10) Hex. Soc.
25
(.98)
74
(2.91)
20 (.79) Dia.
65
(2.56)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
48
(1.89)
The operating lever position can be adjusted as required
on the circumference by loosening the set screw.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.
435
DMG-03-
-50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P"
54
(2.13)
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
69.7
(2.74)
Cylinder Port "B"
12
(.47)
Cylinder Port "A"
3
1
48.7
50.8
(1.92)
(2.00)
108.5
(4.27)
193.8
(7.63)
Tank Port " T"
1. Although the tank port is shown on the left
in our sub-plate either may be used.
2. The position of operating lever can be
changed as required. For the detail, see the
DMT-03 in the previous page.
3. Lever Operating Torque:
Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
Position #1
Position #2
Position #3
˚
20
R94.5
(R3.72)
46.3
(1.82)
139
(5.47)
25 (.98) Dia.
27
(1.06)
2 (.08)
59
(2.32)
76.3
(3.00)
74.5
(2.93)
27
(1.06)
30˚
2 0˚
39.7
(1.56)
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
436
DMG-04-
-21/2190
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Tank Port "T"
14.2
(.56)
34
(1.34)
Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "B"
34.9
(1.37)
69.8
(2.75)
72.9
(2.87)
90
(3.54)
4 Places
130
(5.12)
101.6
(4.00)
Position #2
32
(1.26)
40 (1.57) Dia.
30 (1.18)
50
(1.97)
Position #1
32
(1.26)
7(.28) Dia. Through
2 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
22.5
(.89)
232.5 (9.15)
202.5 (7.97)
R200
(R7.87)
1.5
(.06)
10.1
(.40)
Position #3
Chain line indicates
Spring Offset Models
(2B ,2B A).
B
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
-50/5090
Drain Port "V"
6 Places
T
P
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
Y
95.8
(3.77)
Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P"
300.5
(11.83)
130.2
(5.13)
53.2
(2.09)
55.8
(2.20)
Position #3
57
(2.24)
B
77
(3.03)
260.5
(10.26)
Position #2
30 (1.18)
A
57
(2.24)
Position #1
13
(.51)
X
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
52
(2.05)
34
(1.34)
Models (2B ).
Models (2B A).
40 (1.57) Dia.
6
(.24)
116
(4.57)
40
47
(1.57) (1.85)
41
(1.61)
R200
(R7.87)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
4
(.16)
30
(1.18)
103
(4.06)
32
(1.26)
A
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DMG-06-
E
50
(1.97)
59.2
(2.33)
Drain Port "Y"
12.5
(.49)
156
(6.14)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
437
DMG-10-
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
-50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"
6 Places
T
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.24)
198
(7.80)
Y P
146.5
(5.77)
453
(17.83)
190.5
(7.50)
76.2
(3.00)
B
19.6
(.77)
X A
Drain Port "V"
94.5
114.3
(3.72) (4.50)
Cylinder Port "A"
Position #3
40 (1.57) Dia.
66.5
(2.62)
47.5
(1.87)
401
(15.79)
Position #2
36 (1.42)
Cylinder Port "B"
105
105
(4.13) (4.13)
Position #1
Two Eye Bolts
M8
Models (2B )
Models (2B A)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
180
(7.09)
65
60
(2.56) (2.36)
6
(.24) 44.5 (1.75)
R300
(R11.81)
21.5
(.85)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
233.8
(9.20)
438
List of Seals
DMG-01-
-10/1090
14 13
9
12
18 10 17 15 16
X
21
22
25
24
20
19
Item
21
22
23
X
3
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
8
6
5
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P18
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P9
23
2
1
21 11
4
Note: When ordering the o-ring, please specify the
seal kit number (KS-DMG-01-10).
DMT-03DMG-03-
-50/5080/5090
-50/5090
20
28
26 17 25 11 13
3
14 29 30
10
9
27
13
24
23
2
22 15 16 12
Item
14
15
16
17
18
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P21
SO-NA-P8
SO-BB-P8
SO-NB-A023
SO-NB-A014
Qty.
2
2
2
1
5
6
21
1
5
18
E
Qty.
3
1
4
8
Valve Model Numbers
DMT-03-50/5080/5090
DMG-03-50/5090
14
Section X-X
4
Seal Kit Numbers
KS-DMT-03-50
KS-DMG-03-50
Note: 1. O-rings of Item 18 are not used for
DMT-03.
2. When ordering the seals, please specify
the seal kit number from the table right.
439
List of Seals
DMT-06, 06XDMT-10, 10X-
-30/3080/3090
-30/3080/3090
22
5
14
7 21 13 15
23 16
4 17
2
1
26 24
25
12
6
18
19
20
3
List of Seal Kits
Item
Name of Parts
24
25
Packing
Dust Seal
Part Numbers
DMT-06
UPI 32 40 6Y
DKI 32 44 7 10
DMT-10
UPI 40 55 10Y
DKI 40 52 7 10
Qty.
2
1
Seal Kit Numbers
KS-DMT-06-30
KS-DMT-10-30
Valve Model Numbers
-30/3080/3090
DMT-06 DMT-10 -30/3080/3090
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
DMG-04DMG-06DMG-10-
-21/2190
-50/5090
-40/4090
28
26
9
A
22
10
23
33 36
17
1
6
33
7
31
22
8
15
28
Section A-A
A
24
2
21
11
29
32
30
25 29
3
20
List of Seal Kits
Item
Name of Parts
29
30
31
32
33
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
DMG-04
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P22A
SO-NA-P20
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
Part Numbers
DMG-06
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-P30
SO-NA-P20
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P10
DMG-10
SO-NB-G65
SO-NB-P42
SO-NA-P25
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
2
4
2
1
2
Valve Model Numbers
DMG-04 -21/2190
-50/5090
DMG-06 DMG-10-40/4090
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
440
Seal Kit Numbers
KS-DMG-04-21
KS-DMG-06-50
KS-DMG-10-40
■ Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
These valves are chiefly used to shift the pilot circuit. Rotary Type Directional Valves and Cam Operated Type
Directional Valves are available.
■ Rotary Type Directional Valves
These valves are used to rotate the spool either
manually or by way of cam and shift the direction
of oil flow. The detented mechanism incorporated
in these valves prevents the valve from being
changed over by itself due to vibrations or any
other shocks.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Threaded Connection
DRT-02- D -20
Sub-plate Mounting
DRG-02- D -20
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
16 (4.2)
Max. T-Line
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
DRT Type
4.7 (10.4)
E
DRG Type
3.4 (7.5)
F-
DR
G
Special
Seals
Series
Connection
Type of
Mounting
F:
Special
seals for
phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
DR:
Rotary
Type
Directinal
Valve
-02
T:
Threaded
Connection
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
-2
Valve No. of Valve
Size
Position
D
2
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Spool
Type
-A
-R
A:
Reversing
Dog
02
2
2
D:
No-spring
Detented
4
3
B:
Reversing
Dog &
Manual
C:
Manual
02
-20
Operation
Drain
Type
Connection
None:
Intrenal
Drain
R:
External
Drain
Design
Number
20
20
Design
Standards
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
80: European
Design Std.
90: N. American
Design Std.
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS" &
European
Design Std.
90: N. American
Design Std.
Note: When selecting the Model type, be sure to give the model number from the following Graphic Symbols.
No combinations other than those in the table below are allowed.
Graphic Symbols
No. of Position
Operation
Type
2-Position Type
Reversing Dog
Operation
#1
Graphic
Symbols
Model No.
B
P
T
DR -02-2D2-A
3-Position Type
Reversing Dog &
Manual Operation
#3
A
#1
#3
A
B
P
T
DR -02-2D2-B
When a back pressure of more than 3 MPa (435 PSI) is generated in the tank port, be sure to use External Drain Type.
Manual
Operation
Manual
Operation
#1
#1
#3
A
B
P
T
DR -02-2D2-C
#2 #3
A
B
P
T
DR -02-3D4-C
Instructuions
Changeover Torque
When the pressure of pressure port "P" and cylinder port "A" (or "B") is set to 7 MPa
(1020 PSI), the valve changeover torque will be as right side table:
2-Way directional valves
Be sure to use the External Drain Type Valve of spool type "2" and plug the tank port.
Changeover Torque
Tank Port Back Pres.
Torque
MPa (PSI)
Nm (in. 1bs.)
0
1.0 (8.9)
3 (435)
4.8 (42.5)
441
Sub-plates
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
DRGM-02-20
Rc 1/4
DRGM-02X-20
Rc 3/8
DRGM-02-R-20
Rc 1/4
DRGM-02X-R-20
Rc 3/8
Drain
Connection
For Internal
Drain
For External
Drain
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
DRGM-02-2080
1/4 BSP.F
DRGM-02X-2080
3/8 BSP.F
DRGM-02-R-2080
1/4 BSP.F
DRGM-02X-R-2080 3/8 BSP.F
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
DRGM-02-2090
1/4 NPT
DRGM-02X-2090
3/8 NPT
DRGM-02-R-2090
1/4 NPT
DRGM-02X-R-2090
3/8 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (1bs.)
1.9 (4.2)
Mounting Bolts
The Sub-plate Mounting Type Valves (DRG-02) only are furnished with the following mounting bolts.
Socket Head Cap Screw (5 Pcs.)
Model
Numbers
M8 45 Lg.
DRG-02
5/16-18 UNC
1-3/4 Lg.
Pressure Drop
0.3
Viscosity
20
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
mm2/s 15
SSU
0.1
Factor
0
0
1
8
16 L /min
12
2
Flow Rate
3
4
U.S.GPM
56
(2.20)
30
(1.18)
Cylinder Port "B"
90
100
Position #1
45˚
45
11 (.43) Dia.
Through
17.5 (.69)
C' bore
2 Places
˚
2
R1 47)
.
(R
134(5.28)
110
(4.33)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
Type "B": Reverseing Dog and
Manual Operation
45˚
Type "C": Manual Operation
45˚
1.50)
R38(R
DIMENSIONS IN
R105(R4.13)
R105(R4.13)
32(1.26)
30
Dia.
(1.18)
Position #1
Position #3
22.5˚
32(1.26)
Dia.
22.5˚
30
(1.18)
Position #1
For other dimensions, refer to "Reversing Dog Operation".
442
80
Position #3
5.2(.20)
16(.63)
36˚
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
70
8(.31) Dia.
Pressure Port "P"
Model Numbers
DRT-02- D - -20
DRT-02- D - -2080
DRT-02- D - -2090
60
R38
(R1.50)
58.5
(2.30)
43
(1.69)
80(3.15) Dia.
76(2.99) Dia.
76.5˚
80(3.15) Dia.
Tank Port "T"
36˚
50
2. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
P' = P (G'/0.850)
151.5
(5.96)
Drain Port "Y"
"C" Thd.
External drain type
only has drain port.
Cylinder Port "A"
40
Type "A" : Reversing Dog Operation
DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090
76.5˚
30
10˚
4
0
20
77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
10
( 3. 0
94
)
0
2
1. For any other viscosity, multiply by the factors in the table below.
2
0.2
Pressure Drop Curve No.
P A
B T
P B
A T
Valve
Type
2D2
3D4
10˚ 26
(1.02)
40
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) ,
Specific Gravity 0.850
1
0.4
MPa
50(1.97)
Dia.
Pressure Drop P
PSI
60
Position #3
22.5˚
22.5˚
Neutral Position #2
DRG-02- D - -20/2090
Type "A": Reversing Dog Operation
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
R38
33.4(1.31)
Pressure Port "P"
45˚
45˚
8(.31) Dia.
12(.47)
106(4.17)
Dia.
Tank Port "T"
. 50
(R1
)
26
(1.02)
82.6(3.25) Dia.
Position #3
Position #1
50(1.97) Dia.
103.5
(4.07)
25
63
(2.48) (.98)
42
(1.65)
14(.55) C' bore
5 Places
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
For information on Type "B": reversing Dog and Manual Operation and Type "C": Manual Operation, see DRT-02 on the previous page.
"H" Dia.
"E" Thd.
16(.63) Deep
5 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"D" Thd.
B
10˚ 10˚
22.5
36
"C" Thd.
4 Places
22
(.87)
11.2
(.44)
82.6(3.25)
22.5
"F" Dia.
4 Places
25
(.98)
151
(5.94)
127
(5.00)
A
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
106(4.17)
mm (Inches)
F
H
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
M8
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-2080
DRGM-02X-2080
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
M8
11.7 (.46)
DRGM-02-2090
DRGM-02X-2090
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
5/16-18 UNC
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-R-20
DRGM-02X-R-20
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
M8
11 (.43)
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-R-2080
DRGM-02X-R-2080
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
M8
11.7 (.46)
11.7 (.46)
DRGM-02-R-2090
DRGM-02X-R-2090
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
5/16-18 UNC
11 (.43)
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-20
DRGM-02X-20
P
R12(R.47)
17.5(.69) C' bore
2 Places
36
T
Remarks
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plates : DRGM- 02 - -20/2080/2090
02X
62.7(2.47)
E
For Internal Drain
For External Drain
443
■ List of Seals
DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090
16
6
17
4
9
10
11
8
7
12
5
15
3
14
1
13
2
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-G35
2
15
O-Ring
SO-NA-P16
1
Remarks
Included in Seal Kit
(Kit No.: KS-DRT-02-20)
DRG-02- D - -20/2090
18
5
9
12
4
11
7
6
13
2
16
15
19
3
8
14
1
15
Item
444
17
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-G35
2
16
O-Ring
SO-NA-P16
1
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
4
Remarks
Included in Seal Kit
(Kit No.: KS-DRG-02-20)
■ Cam Operated Directional Valves
These valves may be used to shift the direction of oil flow by depressing the spool by way of a cam.
Specifications
Threaded Connection
DCT-01-2B -40
DCT-03-2B -50
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Sub-plate Mounting
DCG-01-2B -40
DCG-03-2B -50
30 (7.9)
100 (26.4)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
21 (3050)
25 (3630)
Max. T-Line
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
10 (1450)
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
DCT Type
1.1 (2.4)
4.5 (9.9)
DCG Type
1.1 (2.4)
3.8 (8.4)
Max. flow indicates the ceiling flow which does not affect the normal function (changeover) of valves.
FSpecial
Seals
F:
Special
seals for
phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
DC
T
-01
-2
B
No. of
Series
Type of Valve
Valve
Number Connection Size
Position
DC:
Cam
Operated
Directional
Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
2
03
B:
Spring Offset
01
-R
Spool
Type
01
2
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
2
-40
None
Normal
Position
Y
R
DC -01
only
40
50
3
40
8
Design
Standards
Design
Number
Roller Position
Mounting
Surface
50
03
E
None: Japanese
Standard "JIS"
80: European
Design Standard
90: N. American
Design Standard
None: Japanese
Standard "JIS" &
European Design
Standard
90: N. American
Design Standard
Model Numbers
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DCG-01
DCG-03
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Thread
Size
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-41
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-41
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03Y-41
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
445
Mounting Bolts
Model
Numbers
M5
DCT-01
45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC
DCG-01
M5
45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC
DCG-03
M6
35 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs)
Qty.
1-3/4 Lg.
2
1-3/4 Lg.
4
1-1/2 Lg.
4
5-7
(43-60)
5-7
(43-60)
12-15 (105-130)
Direction of Oil Flow for Roller Position
Roller Position and Direction of Oil Flow
Model
Numbers
Graphic Symbols
Roller Stroke from Offset Position mm(Inches)
Depressed
Extended(Offset)
DCT -01-2B2
DCG
DCT -01-2B3
DCG
DCT -01-2B8
DCG
A
B
P
T
A
B
P
T
A
B
P
T
DCT -03-2B2
DCG
DCT -03-2B3
DCG
DCT -03-2B8
DCG
P
A
B
T
P
B
All ports blocked
0
3 .8
(.150)
P
A
B
T
4.6
(.181)
9.5
(.374)
3 .8
(.150)
0
B
P
T
A
B
P
T
A
B
P
T
A
T
4.6
(.181)
P
B
A&T ports blocked
A
P
B
All ports open
0
A
T
9.5
(.374)
P
A
B&T ports blocked
3 .8
(.150)
P
B
A
T
0
9.5
(.374)
B
T
P
A
All ports blocked
3.4 3.8
(.134) (.150)
P
B
A
T
0
0
P
A
All ports open
3 .0
(.118)
P
A
B&T ports blocked
7
(.276)
4.0
(.157)
7
(.276)
All ports
blocked
3 .6
(.142)
B
T
P
B
A&T ports blocked
4.7
(.185)
7
(.276)
Instructions
Valve Type "2B8"
Tank port "T" functions as a drain port. Directly connect it to the reservoir.
[Max. allowable back pressure 0.35 MPa (50 PSI)].
Actuation Force
Actuation Force
1bf
40
N
200
150
20
0
100
50
0
Force
0
0
2.5
500
5.0
7.5
1000
10
MPa
1500 PSI
T-Line Back Pressure
446
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DCT
-01
DCG
MPa
1.2
Pressure Drop
P
PSI
150
0.8
100
Model Numbers
1
2
DCT-01-2B2
DCT-01-2B3
DCT-01-2B8
DCG-01-2B2
DCG-01-2B3
DCG-01-2B8
3
50
0.4
0
0
0
0
10
2
30 L /min
20
4
Flow Rate
6
P
A B T P B A T
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
E
8 U.S.GPM
DCT
-03
DCG
350
MPa
2.5
1
2
300
Pressure Drop
P
2.0
Model Numbers
3
250
200
150
DCG-03-2B2
DCG-03-2B3
DCG-03-2B8
1.5
5
6
4
1.0
7
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
20
40
5
10
60
80
15
20
Flow Rate
120 L /min
100
25
30
U.S.GPM
P
A B T P B A T
2
1
4
4
3
2
7
7
6
5
PSI
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the above chart and G is 0.850.
447
35.5
(1.40)
28.5
(1.12)
8.5
(.33)
9.5 (.37) C' bore
3 places
40.5
(1.59)
29
(1.14)
19
(.75)
Pressure Port "P"
"C" Thd.
Cylinder Port "A"
"C" Thd.
0.75
(.03)
10.25
(.40)
22.25
(.88)
32.5
(1.28)
48
(1.89)
55.8
(2.20)
9
(.35)
A
B
7.75
(.31)
DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
Cam and Roller Travel
Tank Port "T"
"C" Thd.
53
38.5
(2.09)
(1.52)
Fully Extended
110 (4.33)
17 (.67) Dia.Roller
Height of Cam
9.5(.37)
x.5
0
Cylinder Port "B"
"C" Thd.
Max.
66 (2.60)
Position "Y"
24
(.94)
2
(.08)
Ma
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
49
(1.93)
4
(.16)
Position " R"
Normal Position
Cam
T
13.5
(.53)
Stroke
9.5
(.37)
Extended
(Offset)
Model Numbers
DCT-01-2B - -40
DCT-01-2B - -4080
DCT-01-2B - -4090
65
(2.56)
Note: When mounting the valve, be sure to use two mounting holes marked with
2
(.08)
10
(.39)
54
(2.13)
44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)
11 (.43) C' bore
4 places
Height of Cam
7 (.28)
Ma x
.50
2
(.08)
27
(1.06)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Fully Extended
73.3 (2.89)
Fully Extended
158.6 (6.24)
Cylinder Port "B"
"C" Thd.
Tank Port "T"
"C" Thd.
Cam
7
(.28)
26.8
(1.06)
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
85.3
(3.36)
21.8
(.86)
19
(.75)
448
Pressure Port "P"
"C" Thd.
Cam and Roller Travel
6
(.24)
18 (.71) Dia.Roller
.
12
(.47)
56.8
(2.24)
50
(1.97)
46.2
(1.82)
Chain line indicates the
Model DCT-03-2B -R.
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
1/8 BSP.F
1/8 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
Cylinder Port "A"
"C" Thd.
Depressed
92
(3.62)
Depressed
8.2 (.32)
Max. Stroke
Extended
(Offset)
Model Numbers
DCT-03-2B - -50
DCT-03-2B - -5080
DCT-03-2B - -5090
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DCG-01-2B - - 40/4090
40.5
(1.59)
Pressure Port "P"
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
48
(1.89)
55.8
(2.20)
8.5
(.33)
15.5
(.61)
0.75
(.03)
7.75
(.31)
35.5
(1.40)
28.5
(1.12)
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
53
(2.09)
17(.67) Dia. Roller
9.5 (.37) C' bore
4 places
Fully Extended
110 (4.33)
Tank Port "T"
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
65
(2.56)
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-01 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DCG-03-2B - - 50/5090
12
(.47)
54
(2.13)
73.3
50.8
(2.89)
(2.00)
Fully Extended
158.6 (6.24)
Tank Port "T"
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
59
(2.32)
6
(.24)
2
(.08)
18 (.71) Dia. Roller
Cylinder Port "B"
4 places
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
56.8
(2.24)
50
(1.97)
46.2
(1.82)
2
(.08)
Chain line indicates the
Model DCG-03-2B -R
Pressure Port "P"
13.5
(.53)
Cylinder Port "A"
E
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
49
(1.93)
4
(.16)
Position " R"
Normal Position
3
(.12)
Position "Y"
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-03 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
449
■ List of Seals
DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
DCG-01-2B - -40/4090
12
4
2
9
16 13
8
3
14
15
1
14
7
6
List of Seal Kit No.
Part Numbers
Valve Mdel Numbers
DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
DCG-01-2B - -40/4090
Quantity
Item
Name of Parts
DCT-01
DCG-01
13
O-Ring
SO-NA-P5
1
1
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
2
2
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
0
4
Seal Kit Numbers
KS-DCT-01-40
KS-DCG-01-40
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number
from the table right.
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
DCG-03-2B - -50/5090
16
20
19
17
21
15
23
22
5
9
4
13
18
12 8
3
2
14
6
7
1
11
10
List of Seal Kit No.
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
11
O-Ring
Quantity
DCT-03
DCG-03
SO-NB-P21
2
2
1
12
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
1
13
Back Up Ring
SO-BE-P6
1
1
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
0
5
Valve Mdel Numbers
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
DCG-03-2B - -50/5090
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
450
Seal Kit Numbers
KS-DCT-03-50
KS-DCG-03-50
Poppet Type Directional Valves
Valve Type
Poppet Type Solenoid
Operated Directional
Valves
Graphic Symbols
A
B
b
a
P
T
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
31.5
(4570)
Maximum Flow
5
10
1
2
5
10
20
50
P
B
100
200
500 1000
L/min
453
DSLG−01
25
(3630)
A
U. S. GPM
100
200
DSLHG−04
Multi Purpose
Control Valves
T
50
Page
1
a
b
DSLHG−06
Y
459
DSLHG−10
21
(3050)
Solenoid Operated
Poppet Type
Two-Way Valves
.5
CDSC−01
CDSC−03
X
480
Y
14
(2030)
CDST−03※
CDSG−03
DSPC−01
Shut-off Type Solenoid
Valves
2
1
25
(3630)
DSPG−01
489
DSPC−03
DSPG−03
451
Mounting Surface
Mounting surfacedimensions conform to ISO standard discribed in below table.
Name
Model Number
Shut-off Type Solenoid
Valves
Multi Purpose
Control Cavles
ISO Code of Mounting Surface
DSPG-01
ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DSPG-03
ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DSPC-01
ISO 7789 20-01-0-93
DSPC-03
ISO 7789 27-01-0-93
DSLHG-04
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-06
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-10
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Interchangeability in Installation between Current and New Design
Model change has been made on the following products.
The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of “Interchangeability in Installation
between Current and New Design”. Refer to relevant pages on each series.
Model Numbers
Name
New
Current
Multi Purpose
Control Valves
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
Two-Way Valves
Shut-offf Type Solenoid
Mtg. Interchangeability
Page
Main changes
DSLHG-04- - -12
DSLHG-06- - -12
DSLHG-10- - -12
DSLHG-04- - -13
DSLHG-06- - -13
DSLHG-10- - -13
Yes
—
Pilot valve (DSG-01)
changed to design.
CDS -03 -C- -20
CDS -03 -C- -21
Yes
488
The change of
solenoid ratings.
DSP -01-C- -10
DSP -01-C- -20
Yes
—
The change of
solenoid.
Solenoid
■ Solenoid connector (DIN connector)
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluidpower System
and components-Three-Pin electrical plug connectorsCharacteristics and requirements.).
■ AC Solenoid
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is changed.
■ DC Solenoid (
-series Solenoid)
-series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for
excellent DC control is employed.
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated
by miniature relays.
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that
normally experienced.
3. Time lag on de-exercitation is reduced by
approximately 50 %.
452
■ R Type Models with Current Rectifier and DC Solenoid
Specially designed DC solenoids and receptacle (or
connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient
peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made
to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.
Remarkably high reliability and long life and other
advantages including quiet valve operation. No overheating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection
against transient voltage peaks are assured.
■ Insulation Class of Solenoid
Model Numbers
Insulation Class
DSLG-01
DSLHG-04/06/10
CDSC-01
CDS -03
DSP -01/03
Class H
■ Poppet Type Directional Valves
These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of No Leak Type developed with the aim of responding the demand of
the age including energy saving. Because these valves are of no leak type they allow the low viscosity hydraulic fluids to
be used as well as the circuit construction which cannot be used by the conventional spool type directional valves because
of too much internal leak of pressure oil. The use of the low viscosity hydraulic fluids reduces the pressure loss which can
arise from the passage resistance of the hydraulic fluids, leading to the system energy saving.
■ Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
High Response High Reliability
Because these valves are of poppet type, there is no overlap, high
response can be achieved. At the same time, hydraulic lock is eliminated.
ISO Comformant Mounting Surface
Because the mounting surface conforms to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A, there
is an interchangeability with the conventiona l valves. This makes it
possible to use these valves in combination with 01 Series Modular
Valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max.
Operating
Pressure
L /min
MPa
(PSI)
(U.S.GPM)
Max.
Flow
Max. TLine Back
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Max.
Changeover
Frequency
min-1
{Cycles/Min}
Internal leakage
Approx.
Mass
3
cm /min
(cu. in./min)
Graphic
Symbols
kg
(lbs.)
A
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11
16
(4.2)
31.5
(4570)
16
(2320)
240
Or Less
0.5 1
(.03)
a
1.9
(4.2)
P
b
P
Or Less
1 2
(.06)
DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11
T
A
1. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
2. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A•B port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
3.7
(8.2)
T
A
B
P
T
a
b
E
No Leak
Sheet type seal has been adopted and internal leak is greatly reduced.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric
Source
Coil
Type
DC
(K Series)
D12
D24
R100
R200
AC DC
Rectified
Frequency
(Hz)
50/60
50/60
Current & Power
at Rated Voltage
Voltage (V)
Source
Rating
12
24
100
200
Serviceable
Range
10.8
21.6
90
180
-
13.2
26.4
110
220
Holding
(A)
2.45
1.23
0.33
0.16
Power
(W)
29
29
453
F-
DSLG
-01
-4
Valve
Size
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
DSLG :
Poppet Type
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(Sub-plate Mtg.)
-O
Number
of Port
3: 3 Port
01
4: 4 Port
-D24
-N
-11
Function
Coil Type
Type of Electrical
Conduit Connection
Design
Number
O:
Normally Open
C:
Normally Closed
DC
D12, D24
N:
Plug-in Connector
11
O:
Normally Open
AC DC
R100
R200
Design
Standards
Refer to
Sub-plate
European Design Std.
Piping
Size
1/8
1/4
3/8
N. American Design Std.
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31
DSGM-01X-31
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01-3180
DSGM-01X-3180
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
DSGM-01X-3190
DSGM-01Y-3190
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
Mounting Bolts
Descriptions
Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs. )
M5
45 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC
1-3/4 Lg.
Tightening Torque
5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)
[Applicable to working pressure more than
25 MPa (3630 PSI) : 6-7 Nm (53-62 in. lbs.)]
Instructions
Operating Force by Manual Actuator
Solenoid Shifting
On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the
same time.
Valve Tank Port
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with
possible surge pressure.
Operating Force by Manual Actuator
Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator
increases in proportion to the tank line back pressure.
(See the graph right.)
454
Operating force
Mounting
No mounting restrictions for any models.
lbs.
30
N
150
20
100
10
50
0
0
0
0
1.0
100
2.0
200
300
3.0
400
Tank Line Back Pressure
4.0 MPa
500
PSI
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
4 P o r t V a lv e
PSI
350
3 P o r t V a lv e
MPa
2.5
A
PSI
350
B
a
2.0
300
T
P
200
1.5
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
A
b
P
b
P
2.0
T
P
300
MPa
2.5
1.0
P A
P B
100
0.5
0
A
200
1.5
P
1.0
P A
100
A T
B T
0
5
10
1
T
0.5
0
0
a
2
15 16 L /min
3
4
A T
0
0
0
0
U.S.GPM
5
10
1
2
Flow rate
E
1516 L /min
3
4
U.S.GPM
Flow rate
Viscosity
mm2/s
SSU
Factor
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time varies according to hydraulic circuit of the model actually used and conditions. An example of
measurement is given in the figure below.
Test Circuit and Conditions
Result of Measurement
(AC
(DC Solenoid)
ON
Current
Waveform
a
b
DC Rectified)
Current
Waveform
ON
OFF
OFF
T1
T1
T2
Pressure Waveform
T2
Pressure Waveform
Note: Alternate long and short dash lines in the pressure waveform figures indicate the
waveforms for Normally Closed Type 3 Port Valves.
Presssure Detector
Solenoid
Type
DC
Flow Rate: 16 L /min (4.2 U.S.GPM)
Voltage: Rated voltage
AC DC
Rectified
Model Numbers
DSLG-01-4-O-D
DSLG-01-3-O-D
DSLG-01-3-C-D
DSLG-01-4-O-R
DSLG-01-3-O-R
DSLG-01-3-C-R
Time (ms)
T1
T2
30
55
55
30
70
25
55
150
150
55
70
150
Remarks
4 port valve, normally open
3 port valve, normally closed
3 port valve, normally closed
455
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
4 Port Valve
Normally Open: DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11/1190
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P"
9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
110
(4.33)
Cylinder Port "B"
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
0.75
(.03)
40.5
(1.59)
Tank Port "T"
Cylinder Port "A"
263
(10.35)
96.5
(3.80)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.0023 Sq. in.)
48
(1.89)
F
E
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
60
(2.36)
SOL b
32
(1.26)
38
(1.50)
SOL a
62.3
(2.45)
C
D
53.5
(2.11)
Four positions of cable
departure are available in 90˚
increments.
The connector can be moved to various
positions by loosening the "Lock Nut".
After location tighten "Lock Nut".
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm
(90 - 100 IN. lbs.)
37.5
(1.48)
118
(4.65)
22
(.87)
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
C
D
E
F
DSLG-01-4-O-D -N
108
64
39
27.5
(4.25) (2.52) (1.54) (1.08)
DSLG-01-4-O-R -N
111
57.2
51
34
(4.37) (2.25) (2.01) (1.34)
The information on 3 Port Valves is provided in the following page.
456
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
3 Port Valves
DIMENSIONS IN
N o r m a lly O p e n T y p e :
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11/1190
Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "A"
31
22.5
(.89)
9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
Cable Departure
151.5
(5.96)
29.5
(1.16)
151.5
(5.96)
72.5
(2.85)
D
D
E
C
SOL a
28
(1.10)
28
(1.10)
70
(2.76)
38
(1.50)
52
(2.05)
55.1
(2.17)
SOL b
55.1
(2.17)
52
(2.05)
38
(1.50)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
E
Cable Departure
E
C
9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
Tank Port " T"
13.5
(.53)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
70
(2.76)
13.5
(.53)
C
D
E
DSLG-01-3- -D -N
104
(4.09)
64
(2.52)
39
(1.54)
DSLG-01-3- -R -N
107
(4.21)
57.2
(2.25)
51
(2.01)
Tank Port " T"
32.5
(1.28)
40.5
(1.59)
0.75
(.03)
Pressure Port "P"
86
(3.39)
(1.22)
40.5
(1.59)
(1.22)
0.75
(.03)
Pressure Port "P"
32.5
(1.28)
31
N o r m a lly C lo s e d T y p e :
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11/1190
Cable departure position can be changed. See "4 Port Valves" in the previous page for the details.
457
■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors
4 Port Valve
24 25
27 18 42 40 41
23
1
28
21
20
24 21 23 25 11 12 13
4
5
14 16 15 19
2
3
6
7
3 Port Valve
8
9
10
5
25 28
List of Seals
Change of supply voltage
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
25
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
SO-NA-P5
2705-VK414322-8
SO-NB-P18
Quantity
4 Port Valve 3 Port Valve
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the
coil 21 only.
List of Seal Kits
Valve Model Number s
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11
DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11
Seal Kit Numbers
KS-DSLG-01-3-N-11
KS-DSLG-01-4-N-11
Note 1: O-Ring of item 25 are included in solenoid assembly.
2: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table
right.
List of Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors
Valve Model No .
458
20 Solenoid Ass'y No.
21 Coil No.
DSLG-01- - -D12-N-11
SD1L-12-N-20
C-SD1-12-N-60
DSLG-01- - -D24-N-11
SD1L-24-N-20
C-SD1-24-N-60
DSLG-01- - -R100-N-11
SD1L-100-N-20
C-SR1-100-N-60
DSLG-01- - -R200-N-11
SD1L-200-N-20
C-SR1-200-N-60
27 Connector No.
28 Connector No.
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10
GDME-211-R-B-10
■ Multi Purpose Control Valves
The Yuken Multi-Purpose Control Valves Comply with The Needs of Reducing Cost and
Size of Your Machine
YUKEN's Multi Purpose Control Valve s are compound valves composed of the main valve having four poppets, 1/8
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves for pilot and Pilot Selector Valves. This valve is multifunctionalized by having
individual poppet had functions such as directional control, flow control or pressure control according to the combination
of the main valve and pilot selector valve.
Features
Multi-purpose control valves
The valves combine three functions of directional control, flow control
and of pilot operated check valve (or counterbalance valve). The valves
contribute for reducing a number of valves in applications and space for
installation and then eventually leads to reduction in size and cost of your
machines.
E
Quick response, High reliability
Changeover response time is very quick as the valves are poppet type,
there is no over-lap.
No hydraulic lock occurs as there is no leakage of pressurised oil from
the seat parts.
Easy to reduce shock in your hydraulic system
By selecting proper diameter of orifice for pilot, the open/close timing
of the flow passage can be set freely. Therefore, smooth starting and
stopping of actuator can be done combined with using shockless type
poppet. Noise of ON/OFF and vibration of piping in hydraulic system
can be also reduced.
For regenerative circuit
4 position-4 way type, which is to compose regenerative circuit, is
available. By adopting regenerative circuit, gaining fast feed speed by
using smaller volume pump is possible. Therefore saving electric power
of system is possible.
The mounting dimensions are conformed with ISO standard
The valves are interchangeable with our conventiona l valves in
mounting.
Solenoid Operated Directional Valve for Pilot
Orifice
By selecting proper diameter of orifice
for pilot, the open/close timing of the
flow passage can be set freely.
Pilot Selector Valve
X
X
Y
T
Y
T
Section Y-Y
Section X-X
A
B
Flow Adjustment Screw
P
Main Valve
Spring
Seat
Shockless Type Poppet
459
Specifications
Max. Flow
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-1DSLHG-04-2DSLHG-04-3DSLHG-04-4
DSLHG-04-5
DSLHG-06-5
DSLHG-10-5
-13
-13
-13
- - -13
- - -13
-13
-13
-13
- -13
- -13
-13
-13
-13
- -13
- -13
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Pilot
Pressure
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
Ratio of Poppet Area
(Seat Area: Annular Area)
Pressure Adj.
Range of
Counterbalance
MPa (PSI)
Direction &
Flow Control
150 (39.6)
Pressure
Control
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
150 {100}
(39.6 {26.4})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
300 (79.3)
1:1
24:1
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
300 {200}
(79.3 {52.8})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
500 (132)
1:1
24:1
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
500 {300}
(132 {79.3})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
1:1
24:1
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
15
15
19
20
22.5
26.5
26.5
28
31
34.5
59
59
62
63.5
67
(33)
(33)
(42)
(44)
(50)
(59)
(59)
(62)
(68)
(76)
(130)
(130)
(137)
(140)
(148)
In case of counterbalance function line, maximum flow is limited to the values in brackets.
Solenoid Ratings
Refer to Pilot Valve (DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valve) Solenoid Ratings on page 345.
FSpecial
Seals
DSLH
Series
Number
G
Type of
Mounting
-04
-4
Valve
Size
Type of
Pilot
Control
04
DSLH:
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
06
-B
Counterbalance
Function
Pressure Adj. Range
of Counterbalance
MPa (PSI)
1
2
3
4
5
F:
For phosphate
ester type fluids
(Omit if not
required)
A
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
1
1- 7 (
- 1020)
B:
H : 6 - 25 (870 - 3630)
1
2
3
4
5
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
None:
1
- 25 (
1
- 3630)
None:
1
- 25 (
1
- 3630)
1
2
3
10
4
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
5
See page 462 for functions
and purpose of use.
1. See "Min. Adjustment Pressure", page 464, for information on minimum adjustment pressure.
460
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
DSLHG-04
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DSLHG-06
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06-5080
7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
DSLHG-10
1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DHGM-10-40 Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4080
1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090
4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06-5090
8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
These sub-plates are sharable with those for DSHG Series Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valve. For dimensions,
see pages 401 to 403.
E
Mounting Bolts
DSLHG-04
DSLHG-06
DSLHG-10
-E
Pilot
Connection
None:
Internal Pilot
E:
External Pilot
Japanese Standard "JIS" and
N. American Design Standar d
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (In. lbs.)
M6 40 Lg.
M10 45 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.
2
4
6
6
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)
473-585 (4186-5177)
T
-A100
2
Drain
Connection
None:
External
Drain
T:
Internal
Drain
Coil
Type
AC :
A100
A120
A200
A240
DC:
D12
D24
D48
R:
(AC DC)
R100
R200
-C
-N
-13
Manual
Override
Electrical
Conduit
Connection
Design
Number
13
None:
Manual
Override
Pin
C:
Push
Button &
Lock Nut
(Options)
None:
Terminal
Box Type
Model
Numbers
Design Standards
None:
Japanese Std. "JIS"
90:
N.American Design Std.
13
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
None:
Japanese Std. "JIS" &
13
90:
N.American Design Std.
A , -5 A ), External Drain must be selected for Drain Connection.
2. In case of lines with counterbalance function (-4 W
W
delivery with us before ordering.
461
Function and Purpose of Use
Function
Type of
Model
Pilot
No.
Control
b
DSLHG- -1
Type "1"
Graphic Symbols
Directional Control
Flow Control
Pilot Operated
Check Valve
Pressure
Control
Purpose of Use
a
#1
Functions as Three Position
Four-Way Valve (Spring
Centred Model).
#2 #3
A B
PT
T
A
P
B
Y
A
Position #1
DSLHG- -2
Type "2"
b
SOL a
SOL b
a
P
A
P
A
P
B
#1
#2 #3 #4
A B
b
DSLHG- -3
T
Both Metre-in
and Metre-out
are possible
Y
B
a
PT
To get a function of pilot operated
check valve, the following conditions
should be fulfilled.
Internal pilot type
("P " port pressure) >
=
("A""B" ports pressure)
External pilot type
>
(Pilot pressure) =
("A""B" ports pressure)
Position #1 #2 #3 #4
T
A
P
DSLHG- -4A
b
Y
B
SOL a
SOL b
ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON ON
#1
T
A
P
B
#2 #3
A B
Y
DSLHG- -4W
b
SOL a
SOL b
a
A
P
B
T
Pressure control function
(counterbalance valve) has
been added to Type "2" to
make this type.
#2 #3
Used to control the back
pressure of the actuator.
B
P
T
A
B
A
B
Directional
Control
P
T
b
#1
#2 #3 #4
A B
P
Y
B
Type "5"
A
B
Directional
Control
Directional
Control
P
A
Regenerative circuit can be
constructed at the Position
#3.
Y
DSLHG- -5A
a
P
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
A
T
Functions as Four Position
Four-Way Valve.
B
Directional
Control
T
Directional
Control
A
A
B
Directional
Control
P
PT
Position #1
T
Effective especially when
the actuator has inertia
force.
a
Type "4"
P
T
PT
T
Pressure control function
(counterbalance valve) has
been added to Type "3" to
make this type.
Position #1 #2 #3 #4
a
SOL a
SOL b
DSLHG- -5W
b
ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON ON
Used to control the back
pressure of the actuator.
A
B
Directional
Control
P
T
462
Functions as Three Position
Four-Way Valve (Spring
Centred Model) as well as
Two Position Valve which
uses positions #1 and #3.
T
Directional
Control
T
Type "3"
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
B
Directional
Control
#2 #3
A
P
B
T
Y
A
B
Directional
Control
P
T
Instructions
Pilot Pressure
Pilot pressure of external pilot drain models must always exceed the pressure of the main pressure port "P ".
Pilot Drain Port
Avoid connecting the pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Drain Connection when with Counterbalance Function
When a valve having counterbalance function is used with internal drain type, the counterbalance pilot valve is subjected
to pressure fluctuation and the pressure setting becomes unstable. For this reason, be sure to use external drain type
valve.
Flow Adjustment
To perform the flow adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise to decrease the
flow. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
Minimum controlled flow at the time of metre-out control is limited (this does not happen during metre-in control) as
shown in the figure below only in the case of pilot control types "2" (DSLHG- -2) and "4A" (DSLHG- -4A).
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
U.S.GPM
Min. Flow Rate
4
L/min
15
DSLHG-10-2
DSLHG-06-2
3
E
Pressure Adjustment
To perform the pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise to increase
the pressure. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
10
DSLHG-04-2, DSLHG- 06 -4A
10
2
DSLHG-04-4A
5
1
0
0
0
0
4
8
1000
12
16
2000
20
24
MPa
3000 3500 PSI
Differential Pressure
463
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 m m 2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Pressure Drop
125
0.8
P A, P B
100
75
50
25
0
PSI
0.6
0.4
0.2
A T, B T
0
0 20
0
5
125
75
50
25
0
U.S.GPM
PSI
P A
0.8
P B
100
40 60 80 100 120 140 150 L /min
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
D S L H G -0 6
MPa
1.0
Pressure Drop P
D S L H G -0 4
MPa
1.0
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
PSI
0.6
A T
0.4
0.2
B T
0
0
50
0
10
100
150
200
250
100
75
P A, P B
0.6
0.4
25
0.2
0
B T
0.8
50
L /min
300
A T
0
0
U.S.GPM
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Flow Rate
125
D S L H G -1 0
MPa
1.0
0
100
20
200
40
Flow Rate
300
60
400
500
L /min
100 120 130 U.S.GPM
80
Flow Rate
mm2/s
SSU
Viscosity
Factor
15
20
30
77
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions
D S L H G -0 4
U.S.GPM
40
L /min
150
D S L H G -0 6
P: Differential Pres.
U.S.GPM
80
L /min
300
D S L H G -1 0
U.S.GPM L /min
500
130
120
140
70
250
120
20
15
10
5
60
100
P=MPa(PSI)
P=21(3050)
80
P=14(2030)
60
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
30
25
Flow Rate
35
P=7(1020)
40
0
1
2
3
4
5
150
P=MPa(PSI)
P=7(1020)
P=3(440)
40
100
P=1.0(145)
0
0
0
P=7(1020)
1
2
Fully
Closed
3
4
5
6
7
8
Adj. Screw Position
(Number of Turns)
P=1.0(145)
0
0
0
6
Adj. Screw Position
(Number of Turns)
P=14
(2030)
300
200
P=3(440)
50
400
60
20
P=14(2030)
30
10
P=1.0(145)
Fully
Closed
P=MPa(PSI)
P=21(3050)
20
0
0
40
200
80
100
P=3(440)
20
50
100
P=21
(3050)
1
Fully
Closed
2
3
4
5
6
Adj. Screw Position
(Number of Turns)
Minimum Adjustment Pressure
Because the minimum adjustment pressure varies with the tank line back pressure, add the tank line back pressure
to the value on the following lines.
200
150
MPa
1.5
PSI
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
25
5
50
10
15
Flow Rate
464
DSLHG-06Min. Adj. Pressure
Min. Adj. Pressure
PSI
4
5
75
20
100 L /min
25
U.S.GPM
200
150
MPa
1.5
4
5
DSLHG-10PSI
Min. Adj. Pressure
DSLHG-04-
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
150
40
200 L /min
50
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
200
150
MPa
1.5
4
5
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
100
20
300 L /min
200
40
Flow Rate
60
80 U.S.GPM
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Terminal Box Type
DSLHG-04- 1 - -13/1390
2
DSLHG-04-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
69.9
(2.75)
90
(3.54)
7(.28) Dia. Through
11(.43) Dia. Spotface 2 Places
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
95(3.74)
SOL b
(For External Drain Type only)
Cylinder Port "B"
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing left.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04- - -13
DSLHG-04- - -1390
31
(1.22)
"PA"
E
"PB"
27
(1.06)
4
(.16)
41
(1.61)
"PB"
73
(2.87)
193.5 (7.62)
240.5 (9.46)
258.8 (10.19)
"BT"
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a
SOL a
"AT"
46
(1.81)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DEC.
DSLHG-04-4W- - -13/1390
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
DSLHG-04-4A- - -13/1390
69.9
(2.75)
35(1.38)
50
(1.97)
SOL b
3
(.12)
1.6
(.06)
4 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
(For External Pilot Type only)
Fully Extended 101.6(4.00)
96(3.78) 34.1(1.34)
216.5 (8.52)
263.5 (10.37)
281.8 (11.09)
Tank Port " T "
SOL a
DEC.
"PB"
"PA"
278.8 (10.98)
260.5 (10.26)
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
140 (5.51)
"BT"
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. "AT"
213.5 (8.41)
SOL b
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
DSLHG-04-5W- - -13/1390
3
(.12)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-4W"
drawing left.
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
DSLHG-04-5A- - -13/1390
SOL a
SOL b
DEC.
"PB"
"PA"
136(5.35)
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
326.8 (12.87)
308.5 (12.15)
"BT"
"AT"
261.5 (10.30)
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
"PB"
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing above.
SOL b
SOL a
73
(2.87)
SOL b
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
"PB"
"PA"
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
2
drawing left.
465
1
DSLHG-04- 2 - -N-13/1390
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port " T"
35(1.38)
4 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
1.6
(.06)
50
(1.97)
69.9
(2.75)
71.5
(2.81)
90(3.54)
96(3.78)
34.1
(1.34)
Cylinder Port "B"
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
7(.28) Dia. Through
11(.43) Dia. Spotface 2 Places
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102
(4.02)
C
: 50.7(2.00)
The position of the Plug-in connector
can be changed as illustrated left by
loosening the lock nut. After completion of the change, be sure to tighten
the lock nut with the torque as specified
left.
F
D
AC
SOL b
41
Lock Nut
17(.67) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
E
31
(1.22)
"PB"
"PA"
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
4
(.16)
"AT"
(1.61)
73(2.87)
"BT"
193.5(7.62)
SOL a
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DEC.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04- -A -N
DSLHG-04- -D -N
DSLHG-04- -R -N
C
D
E
F
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 258.5(10.18) 27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 269.5(10.61) 27.5 (1.08)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 272.5(10.73) 34 (1.34)
DSLHG-04-3- -N-13/1390
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
D
3
(.12)
SOL a
216.5
(8.52)
E
SOL b
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
D
E
DSLHG-04-3-A -N
53 (2.09)
281.5 (11.08)
64 (2.52)
DSLHG-04-3-D -N
292.5 (11.52)
57.2 (2.25)
DSLHG-04-3-R -N
299.5 (11.63)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 1 - -N" drawing above.
2
Model Numbers
466
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04-4W- - -N-13/1390
DSLHG-04-4A- - -N-13/1390
D
"BT"
"AT"
E
"AT"
213.5
(8.41)
"BT"
140
(5.51)
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
DEC. "PA"
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-4W- -A -N
DSLHG-04-4W- -D -N
DSLHG-04-4W- -R -N
For other dimensions, see
"DSLHG-04-4W- - -N" drawing left.
D
E
53 (2.09)
278.5 (10.96)
64 (2.52)
289.5 (11.40)
57.2 (2.25)
292.5 (11.52)
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-04- 2 - -N on the previous page.
DSLHG-04-5W- - -N-13/1390
E
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
"PB"
"PA"
"PB"
73
(2.87)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
SOL b
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
DSLHG-04-5A- - -N-13/1390
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
D
3
(.12)
SOL b
SOL b
SOL a
SOL a
E
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
261.5
(10.30)
"BT"
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
"AT"
136
(5.35)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. "AT"
"PB"
"PA"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-5W- -A -N
DSLHG-04-5W- -D -N
DSLHG-04-5W- -R -N
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
D
E
53 (2.09)
326.5 (12.85)
64 (2.52)
337.5 (13.28)
57.2 (2.25)
340.5 (13.41)
1
"DSLHG-04-5W- - -N" drawing left.
DIMENSIONS IN
467
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
Terminal Box Type
DSLHG-06- 1 - -13/1390
2
: 196.4(7.73)
95(3.74)
SOL a
Cylinder Port "A"
"BT"
"AT"
"PA"
46
(1.81)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
"PB"
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
27
(1.06)
50
(1.97)
90(3.54)
218.5 (8.60)
265.5 (10.45)
283.8 (11.17)
53
(2.09)
SOL a
Cylinder Port "B"
6 Places
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC
SOL b
99(3.90)
306.8 (12.08)
77
(3.03)
3
(.12)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
46.1
(1.81)
(For External Pilot
Type only)
288.5 (11.36)
Fully Extended
130.2
(5.13)
97.8(3.85)
53.2
(2.09)
241.5 (9.51)
Tank Port " T"
DSLHG-06-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-2 "
drawing left.
"BT"
"AT"
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
DSLHG-06- - -13
DSLHG-06- - -1390 1/2 NPT
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
41
6
(.24) (1.61)
"PB"
"PA"
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
DSLHG-06-4W- -13/1390
DSLHG-06-4A- -13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
SOL b
SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
165 (6.50)
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA"
241.5 (9.51)
"AT"
288.5 (11.36)
306.8 (12.08)
SOL a
"BT"
"AT"
"BT"
"PB"
DEC.
"PA"
1
DSLHG-06-5W- -13/1390
3
(.12)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL b
drawing left.
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
"PA"
361.8 (14.24)
343.5 (13.52)
296.5 (11.67)
165(6.50)
"AT"
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PB"
1
468
DSLHG-06-5A- -13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
SOL b
"BT"
DEC.
"PB"
SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
SOL b
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
drawing left.
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06- 1 - -N-13/1390
2
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port " T"
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
DC/R :204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102
(4.02)
C
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
F
D
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
50
(1.97)
90(3.54)
"PB"
"PA"
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06- -A -N
DSLHG-06- -D -N
DSLHG-06- -R -N
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
41
6
(.24) (1.61)
"BT"
DEC. "AT"
27
(1.06)
E
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
218.5 (8.60)
SOL b
SOL a
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
C
D
E
F
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 283.5 (11.16) 27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 294.5 (11.59) 27.5 (1.08)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 297.5 (11.71) 34 (1.34)
E
46.1
77
(3.03)
(1.81)
Pilot Pressure Port "X "
6 Places
92.1(3.63)
97.8(3.85)
53.2
(2.09)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-06-3- -N-13/1390
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
D
3
(.12)
"BT"
"AT"
"PA"
E
SOL a
241.5(9.51)
SOL b
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-3-A -N
DSLHG-06-3-D -N
DSLHG-06-3-R -N
D
E
53 (2.09)
306.5 (12.07)
64 (2.52)
317.5 (12.50)
320.5 (12.62)
57.2 (2.25)
DIMENSIONS IN
1
469
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06-4A- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-06-4W- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
D
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
"BT"
"AT"
241.5
(9.51)
E
"AT"
165
(6.50)
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA"
SOL b
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
DEC.
D
E
53 (2.09)
306.5 (12.07)
64 (2.52)
317.5 (12.50)
320.5 (12.62)
57.2 (2.25)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-4W-A -N
DSLHG-06-4W-D -N
DSLHG-06-4W-R -N
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-4W- -N"
drawing left.
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- 1
2 - -N on the previous page.
DSLHG-06-5W- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-06-5A- -N-13/1390
3
(.12)
99(3.90)
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
53
(2.09)
D
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL b
SOL b
SOL a
SOL a
E
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
296.5
(11.67)
"BT"
"AT"
"AT"
165
(6.50)
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PB"
"BT"
"PB"
"PA"
DEC. "PA"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-5W-A -N
DSLHG-06-5W-D -N
DSLHG-06-5W-R -N
D
E
53 (2.09)
361.5 (14.23)
64 (2.52)
372.5 (14.67)
375.5 (14.78)
57.2 (2.25)
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- 1
2 - -N on the previous page.
470
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-5W- -N"
drawing left.
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Terminal Box Type
DSLHG-10- 1 - -13/1390
2
DSLHG-10-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
114.3
(4.50)
SOL b
Cylinder Port "B"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
46
(1.81)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-1 "
2
drawing left
E
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10- - -13
DSLHG-10- - -1390
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DSLHG-10-4A- -13/1390
DSLHG-10-4W- -13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
27
(1.06)
45
(1.77)
72
(2.83)
132(5.20)
"PB"
"PA"
350.8 (13.81)
"BT"
"AT"
332.5 (13.09)
SOL b
285.5 (11.24)
DEC.
SOL a
"AT"
Cylinder Port "A"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
95(3.74)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
SOL a
373.8 (14.72)
6 Places
99(3.90)
3
(.12) 53(2.09)
198(7.80)
79.4
(3.23)
158.8(6.25)
Tank Port " T"
190.5(7.50)
106.7(4.20) 76.2(3.00)
308.5 (12.15)
355.5 (14.00)
Fully Extended
SOL a
"PB"
DEC.
"PA"
308.5 (12.15)
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
232 (9.13)
"BT"
373.8 (14.72)
SOL b
355.5 (14.00)
SOL a
Adj. Screw
"AT"
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
SOL b
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 " drawing above.
DSLHG-10-5W- -13/1390
"PB"
drawing left.
DSLHG-10-5A- -13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53(2.09)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
DEC.
"PA"
428.8 (16.88)
"BT"
410.5 (16.16)
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
SOL b
363.5 (14.31)
SOL a
232(9.13)
SOL b
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC. "AT"
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 " drawing above.
drawing left.
471
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10- 1 - -N-13/1390
2
Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended
190.5 (7.50)
106.7(4.20) 76.2
(3.00)
79.4
(3.23)
158.8
(6.25)
198
(7.80)
Tank Port " T"
6 Places
114.3
(4.50)
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
F
D
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102
(4.02) C
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 sq. in.)
SOL a
SOL b
72
(2.83)
132(5.20)
"PB"
"PA"
45
(1.77)
"BT"
"AT"
DSLHG-10- -A -N
DSLHG-10- -D -N
DSLHG-10- -R -N
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
E
DEC.
285.5(11.24)
27
(1.06)
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
C
D
E
F
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 350.5 (13.80) 27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 361.5 (14.23) 27.5 (1.08)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 364.5 (14.35) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-10-3- -N-13/1390
99
(3.90)
53
(2.09)
D
3
(.12)
SOL b
"BT"
"AT"
E
308.5 (12.15)
SOL a
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-3-A -N
DSLHG-10-3-D -N
DSLHG-10-3-R -N
D
E
53 (2.09)
373.5 (14.70)
64 (2.52)
384.5 (15.14)
57.2 (2.25)
387.5 (15.26)
2
472
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10-4W- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-10-4A- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
D
SOL a
SOL a
SOL b
"BT"
SOL b
232 (9.13)
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA"
E
"AT"
308.5 (12.15)
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC. "AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-4W-A -N
DSLHG-10-4W-D -N
DSLHG-10-4W-R -N
D
E
53 (2.09)
373.5 (14.70)
64 (2.52)
384.5 (15.14)
57.2 (2.25)
387.5 (15.26)
E
"PB"
DEC.
"DSLHG-10-4W- -N" drawing left.
1
DSLHG-10-5A- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-10-5W- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
3
(.12)
99
(3.90)
154.5(6.08)
D
Fully Extended
53
(2.09)
SOL b
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
232 (9.13)
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
DEC.
"PA"
SOL a
"AT"
E
SOL b
363.5 (14.31)
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-5W-A -N
DSLHG-10-5W-D -N
DSLHG-10-5W-R -N
D
E
53 (2.09)
428.5 (16.87)
64 (2.52)
439.5 (17.30)
442.5 (17.42)
57.2 (2.25)
1
"DSLHG-10-5W- -N" drawing left.
DIMENSIONS IN
473
■ List of Seals for Main Valve, Pilot Selector Valve and Orifice
DSLHG-04/06/10- 1 - -13/1390
2
26 27 14 25
13
ifi
Or
c
o
ef
T
rA
ifi
Or
13
f
ce
o
A
rP
14
SOL a
12
SOL b
i fi
Or
24
7
13
Y
Z
Y
Z
Section Y-Y
c
o
ef
rB
T
ifi
Or
c
o
ef
rP
B
13
Section Z-Z
21
23
22
10
23
9 20 18 15
6
5
3
4 16 11 17
1
6
7
8
2 19
DSLHG-04/06/10-3- -13/1390
SOL b
SOL a
26
24
Note) Main valve is same as above drawings.
List of Seals for Main Valves
Item
Name of Parts
15
16
17
18
19
20
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Part Numbers
DSLHG-04 DSLHG-06
SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P8
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P8
SO-BB-P10
Item 24 Pilot Selector Valve List
DSLHG-10
SO-NB-G40
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P16
SO-NB-P11
SO-BB-P16
Qty.
4
4
2
4
4
4
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
Model Numbers
24
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-1
DSLHG-04-2
DSLHG-04-3
DSLHG-06-1
DSLHG-06-2
DSLHG-06-3
DSLHG-10-1
DSLHG-10-2
DSLHG-10-3
CG-04-1-10
CG-04-2-10
CG-04-3-10
CG-06-1-10
CG-06-2-10
CG-06-3-10
CG-06-1-10
CG-06-2-10
CG-06-3-10
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed on
page 478.
Item 13 Orifice
The timing of flow path opening/closing can be adjusted as required by
selecting the appropriate pilot orifice diameter. When the diameter of
the orifice is to be changed, another orifice should be ordered. Standard
built-in orifice diameters and selectable orifice diameters are listed in
the table below.
Note: For details of Pilot Selector Valve, see page 476.
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Orifice Type
TP-OPT-1/16 x d
Orifice Diameter "d" mm
Model Numbers Standard
Max. Dia. at Pressure
Selectable
Built-in
over 20 MPa(2900 PSI)
DSLHG-04
1.0
0.5, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0
1.2
DSLHG-06
1.2
1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8
2.0, 2.5
DSLHG-10
1.4
1.4
474
■ List of Seals for Main Valves and Pilot Selector Valve
DSLHG-04/06/10-4W- -12/1290
13
PB
BT
13
31
rif
i
O
O
1
ce
fo
r
ce
fo
r
rif
i
ce
fo
r
25
13
31
Section W-W
28
W
Z
W
Z
Section Z-Z
30
30
29
16
12
19
E
11
21 3 10 15 18 17 14 22 20 27 23 6
5
8
DSLHG-04/06/10-4A- -12/1290
5A
7 19 24 26 3
13
O
rif
i
O
ri f
i
ce
fo
r
AT
PA
36 37 33 32
DSLHG-04/06/10-5W- -12/1290
36
32 24 26
34
4
35
32
2
6
5
9 19
7 11 12
Note) Main valve is the same as above drawings.
List of Seals for Main Valves
Item
Name of Parts
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
DSLHG-04
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P9
SO-NA-P8
SO-NB-P8
SO-BB-P8
Part Numbers
DSLHG-06
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P10
Pilot Selector Valve List
DSLHG-10
SO-NB-G40
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-A122
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P16
SO-NB-P11
SO-BB-P16
Qty.
4
4
2(1)
2(1)
2
2(3)
4
2(3)
Note 1: The figures in (
) indicate the quantity of seals used for 4A and
5A.
Note 2: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed
on page 478.
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-4ADSLHG-04-4WDSLHG-04-5ADSLHG-04-5WDSLHG-06-4A
DSLHG-06-4W
DSLHG-06-5A
DSLHG-06-5W
DSLHG-10-4A
DSLHG-10-4W
DSLHG-10-5A
DSLHG-10-5W
Model Numbers
Item 34
Item 32
CG-04-4A- -10
CG-04-4W- -10
CG-04-5A- -10
CG-04-5W- -10
CG-06-4A-10
CG-06-4W-10
CG-06-5A-10
CG-06-5W-10
CG-06-4A-10
CG-06-4W-10
CG-06-5A-10
CG-06-5W-10
CG-04-3-10
CG-06-3-10
CG-06-3-10
Note: Fill "B" or "H" representing the pressure adjustment range
in section marked with .
See page 477 for the details of the pilot selector valves.
See the previous page for Item
13
Orifice.
475
■ List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)
CG-04/06-1-10
X
X
12
1 15
5
2
7
6 14
8 13 10 17
Section X-X
9
CG-04/06-2-10
X
X
3 16 11
4 12 1
15
5
2
7 14
8
6 13 10 17
Section X-X
9
CG-04/06-3-10
X
X
4 11 16
3 14
8 13 10 18 12
1 15
5
2
7
9
6 14
8
Section X-X
List of Seals
CG-06
CG-04
Item
Name of Parts
14
15
16
17
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P8
Quantity
CG-04-1 CG-04-2 CG-04-3
5
5
3
8
7
7
2
2
1
1
Quantity
CG-06-1 CG-06-2 CG-06-3
SO-NB-P10
3
5
5
SO-NB-P9
8
7
7
SO-NB-P8
2
2
SO-NB-A014
1
1
Part Nmbers
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.
476
■ List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)
CG-04/06-4W-10
Y
3
4
2
30 28 19
20 24
6
25
1
13
12 17
29 23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
5
10 12
26 27 22 11 32
Y
31
26 16
14 18
21 15
CG-04/06-4A-10
CG-04/06-5A-10
1
1
21 15 14 16 26 13 12
CG-04/06-5W-10
Y
3
4
2
30
28
19
20
E
Y
24
6
25
18
17
29
1
23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
5
Y
Y
32
31
List of Seals
CG-06
CG-04
Item
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P8
SO-BB-P6
-4W2
2
3
2
2
8
2
Quantity
-4A- -5W1
2
2
1
4
2
1
2
8
8
2
1
-5A1
1
1
8
1
Part Nmbers
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NA-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P9
-4W2
2
3
2
2
8
2
Quantity
-4A- -5W1
2
2
1
4
2
1
2
8
8
2
1
-5A1
1
1
8
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.
477
■ List of Seal Kits and Pilot Valves
Seal Kit Numbers
Model Numbers
Pilot Valve Model Numbers
Complete Kit
For Pilot
Selector Valves
DSLHG-04-1- - -13
DSLHG-04-1- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-1- -13
DSLHG-04-2- - -13
DSLHG-04-2- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-2- -13
DSLHG-04-3- - -13
DSLHG-04-3- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-3- -13
DSLHG-04-4A- - - -13
DSLHG-04-4A- - - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-4A- -13
KS-CG-04-4A-10
DSLHG-04-4W- - - -13
DSLHG-04-4W- - - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-4W- -13
KS-CG-04-4W-10
DSLHG-04-5A- - - -13
DSLHG-04-5A- - - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-5A- -13
KS-CG-04-5A-10
DSLHG-04-5W- - - -13
DSLHG-04-5W- - - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-5W- -13
KS-CG-04-5W-10
DSLHG-06-1- - -13
DSLHG-06-1- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-1- -13
KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-06-2- - -13
DSLHG-06-2- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-2- -13
KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-06-3- - -13
DSLHG-06-3- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-3- -13
KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-06-4A- - -13
DSLHG-06-4A- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-4A- -13
KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-06-4W- - -13
DSLHG-06-4W- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-4W- -13
KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-06-5A- - -13
DSLHG-06-5A- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-5A- -13
KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-06-5W- - -13
DSLHG-06-5W- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-5W- -13
KS-CG-06-5W-10
DSLHG-10-1- - -13
DSLHG-10-1- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-1- -13
KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-10-2- - -13
DSLHG-10-2- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-2- -13
KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-10-3- - -13
DSLHG-10-3- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-3- -13
KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-10-4A- - -13
DSLHG-10-4A- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-4A- -13
KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-10-4W- - -13
DSLHG-10-4W- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-4W- -13
KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-10-5A- - -13
DSLHG-10-5A- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-5A- -13
KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-10-5W- - -13
DSLHG-10-5W- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-5W- -13
KS-CG-06-5W-10
KS-CG-04-1-10
KS-CG-04-2-10
For Pilot Valves
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
Note 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol representing the
type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: A complete seal kit is composed of seal kit for pilot selector valve, seal kit for pilot valve and seal for main valve.
See pages 474 and 475 for information on the seals for main valve.
3: See page 344 for the detailed information on the pilot valves.
478
How to Change Pilot & Drain Connection
Pilot Connectio n and Drain Connectio n can be change d easily with a disconnection/connectio n of pilot plug. The
following drawings give illustrations of External Pilot-External Drain Type, When changing to Internal Pilot-Internal
Drain Type, the following procedure may be followed.
External Pilot
I n t e r n a l P ilo t
(See Section E-E)
External Drain
I n t e r n a l D r a in
(See Section D-D)
1) Remove pipe plug 1 .
3) Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug 1 , then fit the plug into
the port.
3) Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug 3 , then fit the plug into
the port.
4) In case of DSLHG-04, fit the plug into the port "Y" on the
sub-plate. In case of DSLHG-06/10, wind a sealing tape around
the plug 4 and then thread it into the port "Y".
Pipe Plug 3
Pipe Plug 4 for
Drain Connection Selection
SOL a
SOL b
Pipe Plug 2 for
Pilot Connection Selection
D
Pipe Plug 1
E
E
DSLHG-04
Section E-E Section D-D
E
D
DSLHG-06/10
Pipe Plug 2 for
Pilot Connection
Selection
Pipe Plug 1
Pipe Plug 4 for
Drain Connection Selection
Pipe Plug 3
SOL b
SOL a
D
E
Thread "Y"
E
D
Section E-E Section D-D
479
■ Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves
These valves are used for opening/closing the oil path by having the poppet valve
operated with an electric signal via solenoid. Because these are of poppet type, the
internal leakage is quite small and there is no worry about hydraulic lock.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
CDSC-01-C-D24-10
CDSC-03-C- -21
CDST- 03W
03 -C- -21
CDSG-03-C- -21
1
Max. Operating Internal leakage Max. Changeover
Frequency
Pressure
cm3/min
MPa (PSI)
(cu.in./min) min-1 (Cycles/Min)
21 (3050)
15 (4.0)
50 (13.2)
14 (2030)
2
or less
0.25 (.015)
or less
0.25 (.015)
Approx.
Mass
kg(1bs.)
0.35 (.8)
240
AC: 300
DC: 240
R: 120
0.5 (1.1)
0.85 (1.9)
0.85 (1.9)
1. The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve.
2. When the valve is operated at 18.5 Mpa (2680 PSI) or higher pressure, continuous energies time is
restricted with Max. 30 min., and also the energies ratio less than 90 %.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric
Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
A120
AC
A200
A240
DC
(K Series)
AC DC
Rectified
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Serviceable
Rating
Range
100
80 - 100
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
200
160 - 220
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
12
10.8 - 13.2
24
21.6 - 26.4
48
43.2 - 52.8
100
90 - 110
200
180 - 220
Inrush
Holding
Power
(A)
(A)
(W)
0.55
1.12
0.40
0.95
0.36
0.86
0.46
0.93
0.33
0.79
0.28
0.56
0.20
0.48
0.18
0.43
0.23
0.47
0.17
0.40
2.20
26
1.10
0.55
0.30
26
0.15
CDSC-01 is available with coil type “D24” only.
Because both AC and DC solenoids employ the plug-in type electrical wiring, the valve can be
removed without removing the wiring. (Coil type of CDSC-01 is flying lead wire only.)
Being 50-60 Hz common service AC solenoids, do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is
changed.
K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.
(Coil type of CDSC-01 is with Surge Suppressor.)
Graphic Symbol
X
Y
Instructions
Direction of flow when the
solenoid is energised
These valves do not allow flow from
Y to X when the solenoid is energised.
At the time of test run
At the time of test run, there is a
possibility that the oil may not flow
even after the solenoid is energised
because of the residual air in the
valve.
Mounting
There are no mounting restrictions
for any models.
F-
CD S
T
-03
F:
CDS:
Special seals
Solenoid
for phosphate Operated
ester type
Poppet
fluids
Type
(Omit if not
Two-Way
required)
Valves
-D1 2
Valve Type
01
C: Cartridge
Type
Coil Type
DC D24
03
T: Threaded
Connection
G: Gasket
Mounting
-C
Valve Size
Special Seals Series Number Type of Connection
C:
AC
03W (Piping Size 1/4) Normally
DC
03 (Piping Size 3/8) Closed
AC
03
A100, A120
A200, A240
D12, D24, D100
DC Rectified
R100, R200
-21
Design Number
Design Standard
10
None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
90: N. American Design Std.
None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
80: European Design Std.
21
21
21
Mounting Bolts
Mounting bolt in the table below is attached only for Gasket mounting type valve (CDSG-03).
Socket Head Cap Screws (2pcs.)
Valve Model Numbers
CDSG-03
480
Japanese Standard "JIS
M6
60 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
2-1/4Lg.
Pressure Drop
● CDSC-01
PSI
MPa
1.5
X
150
1.0
Y
X
Viscosity
Y→
100
SSU
77
Factor
0.5
50
0
mm2/s 15
5
0
15 L/min
10
2
1
30
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
P' = P (G'/0.850)
Y
X→
0
20
98
4 U.S.GPM
3
Flow Rate
● CDSC-03
● CDST-03
● CDSG-03
● CDST-03W
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
PSI
PSI
MPa
1.6
1.2
X
150
100
50
0.8
Y
Y
0.4
X
0
E
200
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
200
MPa
1.6
X
Y
0
0
0
10
20
2
4
30
6
8
40
1.2
100
50
0
50 L /min
0.8
Y
Y
0.4
Y
X
X
0
0
12 13 U.S.GPM
10
X
150
10
0
2
30
20
4
6
8
40
10
50 L /min
12 13 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
Note: Measuring has been made for the CDSC-03 (Cartridge type) when it is equipped with the same body
as the threaded connections and the gasket mounting type.
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
SSU
Factor
77
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
98
141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the
formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time, T2 and T4, in particular, varies according to the hydraulic circuit and operating conditions. As an
example, the following figures show how the measurement is made.
Test Circuit
Pressure Detector
Model
Number
Solenoid
Types
CDSC-01
DC
AC
CDS -03
Result of measurement
T4
T1
DC
AC DC
Rectified
Shifting time (ms)
Condition
Flow Rate SOL "ON"(Open→Close) SOL "OFF"(Open→Close)
Pressure "P"
L/min
T4 (ex.)
T3
T1
T2 (ex.)
MPa (PSI)
(U.S.GPM)
44.0
38.4
21.4
29.0
10 (1450)
15 (4.0)
47.0
44.0
30.6
27.0
21 (3050)
15 (4.0)
86.0
44.0
10.0
20.0
7 (1020)
50 (13.2)
43.0
54.0
11.0
12.0
14 (2030)
50 (13.2)
104.0
66.0
22.0
44.0
7 (1020)
50 (13.2)
60.0
73.0
24.0
41.0
14 (2030)
50 (13.2)
100.0
146.0
27.0
114.0
7 (1020)
50 (13.2)
66.0
142.0
32.0
108.0
14 (2030)
50 (13.2)
Pressure Drop P
200
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2 (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
T3
P
T2
SOL
ON
Time
OFF
481
5
(.20)
CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090
AWG 18
140
(5.51)
65 (2.56)
Flying Lead Wire
25.5(1.00)
48
(1.89)
19(.75)
14 0.1
(.55) (.004)
M20 × 1 Thd.
R
MODEL
CDSC-01-C-D24-10
DC24V
YUKEN KOGYO CO., LTD. JAPAN
38(1.50) Dia.
Coil
30
(1.18)
Core Tightening End
Tightening torque
: 25.5 - 30.6 Nm (230 - 270 IN. lbs)
12(.47) Dia.
VOLTAGE
24(.94)
Dia.
14.5(.57)
Across Flats
25
(.98)
24
(.94)
Free Flow Outlet
Port "X"
Free Flow Inlet
Port "Y"
10(.39)
55
(2.17)
24(.94) Dia.
Nut
Tightening torque
: 3.9 - 5.9 Nm (35 - 52 IN. lbs)
DIMENSIONS IN
Details of Mounting Holes
Min. 27(1.063)
19.6(.772)
19.4(.764)
1.5(.059)
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
Dia.
Min.
12(.472)
2.9(.114)
2.5(.098)
15°
20°
22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
Dia.
19(.75)
Dia.
30(1.18) Dia.
1.6
45°
3.2
1.6
Port "X"
R0.1 - 0.3(R.004 - .012)
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236) Dia.
Port "Y"
12.027(.4735)
12.000(.4724)
Dia.
0.3(.012)
0.2(.008)
How to Mount
When mounting, the following steps must be followed:
1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.
2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 24 (.94) Dia. of
the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( surface
in the left drawing).
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.
A
M20 × 1 Thd.
16
(.630)
0.1(.004)
Dia.
A
Note: The fitting portion of o-rings should have a good machined finish.
482
CDSC-03-C-A -21/2190
29(1.14)
Dia.
40
(1.57)
44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia ................ 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area .......... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
27.5
(1.08)
Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge
Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
20
(.79)
88.2
(3.47)
39
24 17.7
(1.54)
(.94) (.70)
Free Flow Outlet
Port "X"
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
16(.63) Dia.
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"
48
(1.89)
Coil
31.5
(1.24)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P26
Space Needed to Remove Coil
69
(2.72)
86
(3.39)
54
(2.13)
19
(.75)
Three positions of cable departure
are available in 90 increments.
Nut
Tightening Torque
: 6.0-7.5Nm (53-66 in. 1bs.)
M30
1.5 Thd.
35(1.38)
Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
32.9(1.295)
Dia.
15 32.7(1.287)
A
R 0.2
(R .008)
45˚
18
(.71)
14
(.55) 3.5
(.14)
1.5 Thd.
When mounting, the following steps must be followed:
1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.
2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 35 (1.38) Dia.
of the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( A
surface in the left drawing).
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.
20˚
Max.
14 (.55)
Dia.
1
(.04)
24.6(.969)
24.4(.961)
M30
How to Mount
28.4 (1.12)
Dia.
E
The position can be changed by
loosening the nut . Be sure to
retighten the nut after changing
the position.
"Y"
"X"
16.027(.6310)
Dia.
16.000(.6299)
Note: The fitting portion of O-rings should have a good machined finish.
483
CDSC-03-C-D -21/2190
Models with DC Solenoids
47.5
(1.87)
22
(.87)
Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
52
(2.05)
24.5
(.96)
18.7
(.74)
39
(1.54)
27.5
(1.08)
Nut
Tightening Torque
: 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
75.2
(2.96)
100.5
(3.96)
64
(2.52)
15
(.59)
31.5
(1.24)
Coil
47(1.85)
Dia.
For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".
DIMENSIONS IN
CDSC-03-C-R -21/2190
Models with R Type Solenoids
Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
Nut
Tightening Torque
: 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
31.5
(1.24)
18.7
(.74)
Coil
47(1.85)
Dia.
484
75.2
(2.96)
53
(2.09)
24.5
(.96)
52
(2.05)
103.5
(4.07)
57.2
(2.25)
15
(.59)
34
(1.34)
CDST-03, 03W-C- -21/2180/2190
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia .............. 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area ........ Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
91
(3.58)
54
25
(2.13)
(.98)
18
(.71)
37
(1.46)
7(.28) Dia. Through
2 Places
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"
"A" Thd. (Opposite Side)
Models with R Type Solenoids
104
(4.09)
57.2
(2.25)
37.2
(1.46)
37.2
(1.46)
75.2
(2.96)
75.2
(2.96)
39
(1.54)
25
(.98)
53
(2.09)
52
(2.05)
25
(.98)
CDSG-03-C- -21/2190
Free Flow
Inlet Port "Y"
39
(1.54)
118.5
(4.67)
Mounting Surface
49
(1.93)
50
(1.97)
Mounting surface should have
a good machined finish.
Max. 11(.43) Dia.
7(.28) Dia. Through
2 Places
25
(.98)
106.2
(4.18)
36.2
(1.43)
49.5
(1.95)
19 18.5
(.75) (.73)
1
(.04)
Free Flow
Outlet Port "X"
48
(1.89)
91
(3.58)
54
(2.13)
45
(1.77)
60
(2.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia .............. 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area ........ Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
7.5
(.30)
E
101
(3.98)
64
(2.52)
Note: The position of cable departure
can be changed. For the detail,
refer to CDSC-03 on the
previous page.
25
(.98)
49
(1.93)
50
(1.97)
Free Flow Outlet Port "X"
"A" Thd.
45
(1.77)
60
(2.36)
7.5
(.30)
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
CDST-03W-C- -21
Rc 1/4
CDST-03-C- -21
Rc 3/8
CDST-03W-C- -2180 1/4 BSP.F
CDST-03-C- -2180
3/8 BSP.F
CDST-03W-C- -2190 1/4 NPT
CDST-03-C- -2190
3/8 NPT
52
(2.05)
49.5
(1.95)
19 18.5
(.75) (.73)
106.2
(4.18)
36.2
(1.43)
118.5
(4.67)
69
(2.72)
39
(1.54)
48
(1.89)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note 1: For models with DC solenoids and models with R type solenoids, refer to CDST-03, 03W.
2: The position of cable departure can be changed. For the detail, refer to CDSC-03 on the previous page.
485
■ List of Seals and Coil Ass'y
CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090
5
Item
6
10
11
12
13
14
7 12 6
Name of Parts
Coil Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
8
3
4 10 11 14 2
Part Numbers
2697-VK317470-3
TK280163-7
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-A014
1
13
Qty. Seal Kit Numbers
1
1
1
1 KS-CDSC-01-10
1
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number.
486
■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y
CDST-03 -C- -21/2180/2190
CDSC-03-C- -21/2190
CDSG-03-C- -21/2190
12
1
5
4
3
2
9
13 11
6
8
7
10 14
Solenoid assembly is composed of the parts marked with
List of Seals
Item
9
10
11
14
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
.
List of Seal Kits
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P26
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-A014
Qty.
Remarks
1
1
1
2 only for CDSG
Valve Model Numbers
CDSC-03-C- -21
CDST-03 -C- -21
CDSG-03-C- -21
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.
Valve Model No.
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
CDS
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-C-A100
-C-A120
-C-A200
-C-A240
-C-D12
-C-D24
-C-D48
-C-R100
-C-R200
Solenoid Ass'y No.
CSA1-100-20
CSA1-120-20
CSA1-200-20
CSA1-240-20
CSD1-12-20
CSD1-24-20
CSD1-48-20
CSR1-100-20
CSR1-200-20
1
Coil No.
C-CSA1-100-20
C-CSA1-120-20
C-CSA1-200-20
C-CSA1-240-20
C-SD1-12-50
C-SD1-24-50
C-SD1-48-50
C-SR1-100-50
C-SR1-200-50
12
Connector Ass'y No.
GDM-211-B-11
Seal Kit Numbers
KS-CDSC-03-20
KS-CDSG-03-20
E
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-B-10
Change of supply voltage
The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the coil.
487
Interchangeability between Current and New Design
Because of solenoid assembly improvements, CDS -03 has been model-changed (design 20 to design 21).
Specifications and Characteristics
There are no changes in the specifications and characteristics of the valves themselves.
Solenoid Ratings
There are changes in the inrush current, holding current and power as shown below. No other changes.
Electric Source
Coil Type
Voltage (V)
Source
Serviceable
Rating
Range
100
80 - 110
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
160 - 220
200
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
10.8 - 13.2
12
21.6 - 26.4
24
43.2 - 52.8
48
90 - 110
100
200
180 - 220
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
60
50
60
50
A120
AC
A200
60
50
60
A240
DC
(K Series)
AC DC Rectified
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
50/60
Inrush (A)
Holding (A)
Power (W)
Current
Current
New
Current
New
New
1.12
0.55
1.30
0.52
0.95
0.40
1.08
0.39
0.86
0.36
1.19
0.47
0.46
0.93
1.08
0.45
0.79
0.33
0.98
0.33
0.56
0.28
0.65
0.27
0.20
0.48
0.54
0.20
0.18
0.59
0.24
0.43
0.55
0.47
0.23
0.23
0.45
0.40
0.17
0.17
2.20
2.40
26
29
1.10
1.20
0.55
0.60
0.30
0.32
26
29
0.17
0.15
Interchangeability in Installation
AC Solenoids
Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. In addition, the size of the spanner
(core end faces) for locking the CDSC cartridges has been changed to 15-19 mm across flats.
New: Design 21
86
(3.39)
20
54
(.79)
(2.13)
17.7(.70)
18.7(.74)
Hex. 19(.75)
69
(2.72)
23.6
(.93)
52(2.05)
Hex. 15(.59)
75.2
(2.96)
88
(3.46)
52.2
(2.06)
48(1.89)
Current: Design 20
A
A
Body
Body
DC/R Type Solenoids
Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. The solenoid shape changed from
circular to hexagonal. No change in the size 15 mm of the spanner for locking cartridges.
Current: Design 20
DC: 63.2(2.49)
R : 57.2(2.25)
New: Design 21
DC: 99.4(3.91)
R : 103(4.06)
24
(.94)
48(1.89)
Dia.
DC: 64(2.52)
R : 57.2(2.25)
A
DC:100.5(3.96)
R :103.5(4.07)
24.5
(.96)
A
Body
Body
Note: The above drawings give illustrations for the cartridge type. The dimension A at the mounting section remains
unchanged. In case of the Thread Connection Type and Gasket Mounting Type, a body is mounted to the hatched section.
The dimensions of the body remain unchanged.
488
■ Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
The shut-off type solenoid operated directional valves are poppet type
solenoid operated two-way directional valves developed to meet the
needs of this age such as energy and resources saving.
High-response
High response is provided by the poppet design.
Smallest internal leakage
Internal leakage are very small, less than 5 drips per min., which is
achieved by the poppet design.
Two mounting types: cartridge and sub-plate
Mounting dimensions for both types conform to ISO standard.
Water-proof type (conforming to JIS D 0203 Water Spray Test
32) is also available.
E
Port
"2"
Graphic Symbol
2
1
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure
1
Max. Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Port "1"
"1" to "2"
Flow
DSPC-01-C- -20
3
4
DSPG-01-C- -20
3
DSPC-03-C- -10
3
DSPG-03-C- -10
3
2
"2" to "1"
Flow
Port
"2"
40
(10.6)
10 (1450)
80
(21.1)
16 (2320)
Approx.
Mass
kg(1bs.)
Max.
Changeover
Frequency
min-1
(Cycles/Min)
Internal
leakage
cm3/min
(cu.in./min)
300
or Less
0.25 (.015)
0.45 (1.0) 0.6 (1.3)
240
or Less
0.25 (.015)
0.9 (2.0)
1.0 (2.2)
3.8 (8.4)
3.9 (8.6)
25 (3630)
AC
DC
1.45 (3.2) 1.6 (3.5)
Shut-off Type
Port
"1"
1. Maximum flow rates depend on operating conditions. For details, see page 491.
2. Do not connect port "1" to a line subjected to surge pressures. In addition, if you use port "1" for tank line, be sure to keep the end of the
line in the oil.
3. Protections against dust and water conform to the international electric standard (IEC) PUBL 529 IP64.
4. In the case of "DSPC-01-C-D ", use iron material for installation body (cabity).
Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
489
F-
DSP
G
Special Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve Size
C:
Cartridge Type
01
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
DSP:
Shut-Off Type
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valves
-01
-C
Valve Type
-D24
-20
Coil Type
Design
Number
AC
A 100
A 200
20
DC
D12
D24
10
C:
Normally
Closed
Design Standard
None: Japanese Std.
"JIS" & European
Design Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
Solenoid Ratings
Voltage (V)
Electric
Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
60
AC
50
A200
2
DC
(K Series)
60
1
Source
Rating
Serviceable
Range
100
80 - 110
100
110
200
200
220
Inrush (A)
90 - 120
160 - 220
180 - 240
Holding (A)
01
03
01
03
2.42
5.37
0.51
0.90
2.14
4.57
0.37
0.63
2.35
5.03
0.44
0.77
1.21
2.69
0.25
0.45
1.07
2.29
0.19
0.31
1.18
2.52
0.22
0.38
D12
12
10.8 - 13.2
2.45
3.16
D24
24
21.6 - 26.4
1.23
1.57
Power (W)
01
03
29
38
2. K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
DSPG-01
DSPG-03
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Numbers
DSPG-01
Descriptions
DSPG-03
490
M5
50 Lg.
No. 10-24 UNC
M6
2 Lg.
80 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
3-1/4 Lg.
Tightening Torque
5-7 Nm
(44 -62 in. 1bs.)
12-15 Nm
(106 -133 in. 1bs.)
Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) [ISO VG 46 oils, 50°C(122°F)]
Maximum Flow Rate
The zone under each shaded line denotes the flow rate ranges being free of
trouble in changeover.
DSPC/DSPG-01
40
Direction
of flow
"2" "1"
10
30
U.S.GPM L /min
40
100 %V
(50, 60 Hz)
6
80 %V
(50 Hz)
20
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
4
8
ON
100 %V
30
Solenoid
6
OFF
OFF
0
Poppet Shift
20
0
Max.
90 %V
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
4
90 %V
(60 Hz)
10
Direction
of flow
"2" "1"
10
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
8
Flow Rate: (01) 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)
(03) 63 L/min (16.6 U.S.GPM)
100 % V
Voltage:
(After coil temperature rise and saturates)
"1"
Direction of Flow: "2"
T1
T2
10
2
2
Shifting Time (ms)
Model Numbers
0
0
5
0
10
1000
15
25 MPa
20
2000
0
0
PSI
3000
Pressure
5
0
10
1000
15
20
2000
MPa
25
PSI
3000
Pressure
DSPC/DSPG-03
15
100
100
Direction
of flow
20
"2" "1"
80
60
10
40
5
20
0
0
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
5
0
10
1000
15
25MPa
20
2000
3000
Pressure
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A
22
30
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D
69
14
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A
22
20
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D
60
80
Direction of flow"2" "1"
25
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
20
T2
U.S.GPM L /min
U.S.GPM L /min
25
T1
15
80
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
60
10
40
5
20
0
0
PSI
5
0
1000
10
15
25 MPa
20
2000
3000
PSI
Pressure
Pressure Drop
DSPC/DSPG-03
DSPC/DSPG-01
PSI
MPa
PSI
2.5
350
400
2.0
P
P
350
Pressure Drop
1.5
200
MPa
3.0
DSPG
300
Pressure Drop
E
Shut-off Type
U.S.GPM L /min
[Test Conditions]
1.0
DSPC
100
0.5
300
DSPG
2.0
250
200
150
DSPC
1.0
100
50
0
10
0
20
0
40 L /min
30
2
Viscosity
2
mm /s 15
Factor
SSU
4
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
20
0
10 U.S.GPM
6
8
Flow Rate
0
0
5
40
10
60
15
80 L /min
20
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
100
77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P(G'/0.850)
491
Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 20-01-0-93
Three positions of cable
departure are available in
90 increments.
47
(1.85)
27.5
(1.08)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
4.5
Conductor Area
(.18)
.....Not Exceeding
1.5m m 2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
20
(.79)
53
(2.09)
85
(3.35)
The position can be changed
by loosening the nut 2 .
Be sure to retighten the nut
after changing the position.
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Core Tightening End
15(.59) Across Flats
22
(.87)
Nut
1
2
93.7
(3.69)
0.3
30.2
(.01) (1.19)
39
16
14.5
(1.54) (.63)
(.57)
10
(.39)
M20
16.85(.6634)
16.82(.6622)
Dia.
DSPC-01-C- -20/2090
1.5 Thd.
Port "1"
O-Ring
SO-NB-A015
Port "2"
4
(.16)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 30 - 50 Nm (266-443 IN. lbs.)
2. Tightening torque for nuts: 10.3 - 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN. lbs.)
103
(4.06)
72.5
(2.85)
24
(.94)
64
(2.52)
100
(3.94)
47.5
(1.87)
48(1.89) Dia.
3
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
Dia.
18.6(.732)
Dia.
18.5(.728)
45
1.6
Port "2"
0.1(.004) A
Dia.
M20
492
1.5 Thd.
Port "1"
Min.
14.5(.571)
Max.
20.5(.807)
3
3
17.027(.6703)
17.000(.6693)
Dia.
33(1.30)
Dia.
22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
1 .6
DIMENSIONS IN
Min.
30.5(1.201)
22.7(.893)
22.3(.878)
21.4(.842)
21.0(.827)
Min.
14.5(.571)
0.3(.012) 2.9(.114)
0.2(.008) 2.5(.098)
30˚
3.2
R 0.1-0.3
(R .004-.012)
15
6.3
How to Mount
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the
cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
A
3. Port diameter of 6.2 (.244) Dia. recommended.
4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 27-01-0-93
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. in.)
69.5
(2.74)
27.5
(1.08)
Core Tightening End
22(.87) Across Flats
27
(1.06)
61.8
(2.43)
100.8
(3.97)
The position can be changed
by loosening the nut 2 .
Be sure to retighten the nut
after changing the position.
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
5
(.20)
118.3
(4.66)
0.3
46
(.01)
(1.81)
39
16
(1.54) (.63)
22
(.87)
19.5
(.77)
Port "1"
1
4
(.16)
32
(1.26)
Port "2"
22.85(.8996)
22.82(.8984)
Dia.
24.95(.98)
Dia.
DSPC-03-C- -10/1090
Nut
2
O -Ring
SO-NB-A119
O-Ring
SO-NB-A018
M27
2 Thd.
E
141.3
(5.56)
34.5
(1.36)
73.8
(2.91)
120.3
(4.74)
95
(3.74)
69(2.72) Dia.
45˚
25.1(.988)
25.0(.984)
0
-2 ˚
˚
3.2
DIMENSIONS IN
Port "1"
1.6
A
0.05(.002) A
Dia.
M27
2 Thd.
Min.
22(.866)
Max.
35(1.378)
3
How to Mount
23.033(.9068)
23.000(.9055)
Dia.
36(1.42)
Dia.
29.5(1.161)
29.4(1.158)
1.6
15˚
R 0.1-0.3
(R .004-.012)
0.3(.012)
0.2(.008)
46.9(1.846)
46.5(1.831)
37.6(1.480)
37.2(1.465)
35.9(1.413)
35.5(1.398)
Min.
22(.866)
3.5(.138)
3.1(.122)
30
˚
6.3
Shut-off Type
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 110-140 Nm (970-1240 IN. lbs.)
2. Tightening torque for nuts: 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN. lbs.)
Port "2"
3
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the
cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
3. A recommendable port dia. is 11 (.433) mm.
4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
493
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DSPG-01-C- -20/2090
65
(2.56)
40.5
(1.59)
11
(.43)
Port "2"
48
(1.89)
32.5
(1.28)
31
(1.22)
7.75
(.31)
0.75
(.03)
2
Port "1"
2
9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places
128.2
(5.05)
1
74.2
(2.92)
27
39
(1.06) (1.54)
25
(.98)
49
(1.93)
43
(1.69)
90
(3.54)
53
(2.09)
27.5
(1.08)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
..... 8-10 mm(.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
..... Not Exceeding
1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque: 10.3-11.3 Nm
(91-100 IN. 1bs.)
22
(.87)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (2) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The mounting dimensions conform to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A. Ports A and B are used as ports "2" and "1" respectively.
4. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P9
DIMENSIONS IN
137.5
(5.41)
64
(2.52)
27.5
(1.08)
25
(.98)
101
(3.98)
27
(1.06)
83.5
(3.29)
39
(1.54)
22
(.87)
494
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DSPG-03-C- -10/1090
2
Port "1"
12
(.47)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Port "2"
92
(3.62)
19
54
(.75) (2.13)
2
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places
164
(6.46)
1
91
(3.58)
39
35
(1.54) (1.38)
E
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
32
(1.26)
Mounting Surface 3
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque: 8.5-10.5 Nm
(75-93 IN. 1bs.)
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (3) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The dimensions of mounting surface conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A. Ports A and B are used as port 2 and port 1 respectively.
4. O-rings for each port: SO-NB-A014
DIMENSIONS IN
187
(7.36)
Shut-off Type
69
(2.72)
70
(2.76)
109.3
(4.30)
61.8
(2.43)
27.5
(1.08)
35.5
(1.40)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
2
114
(4.49)
39
35
(1.54) (1.38)
121.3
(4.78)
35.5
(1.40)
73.8
(2.91)
27.5
(1.08)
32
(1.26)
495
■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y
13
16 8 17 10 2
Solenoid assembly is composed of the
parts marked with .
18 12 11 7
5
4
6
9 15 3
1
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
DSP -01
Part Numbers
Qty.
8
9
10
15
16
17
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
SO-NA-P8
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-A015
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P18
5701-VK413831-9
1
1
1
4
1
2
DSP -03
Part Numbers
SO-NA-P12
SO-NB-A017
SO-NB-A018
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-A119
2691-VK418550-0
Qty.
1
1
1
5
1
2
Remarks
only for "DSPG"
Note: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits
Valve Model Numbers
DSPC-01-C- -20
DSPC-03-C- -10
DSPG-01-C- -20
DSPG-03-C- -10
496
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.
Seal Kit Numbers
KS-DSPC-01-C-10
KS-DSPC-03-C-10
KS-DSPG-01-C-10
KS-DSPG-03-C-10
Valve Model No.
Solenoid Ass'y No.
12 Coil No.
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A100-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A200-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D12-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D24-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A100-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A200-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D12-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D24-10/1090
SA1-100-N-6055
SA1-200-N-6055
SD1-12-N-6055
SD1-24-N-6055
SA3-100-N-5130
SA3-200-N-5130
SD3-12-N-5130
SD3-24-N-5130
C-SA1-100-N-60
C-SA1-200-N-60
C-SD1-12-N-60
C-SD1-24-N-60
C-SA3-100-N-50
C-SA3-200-N-50
C-SD3-12-N-50
C-SD3-24-N-50
13 Connector No.
GDM-211-B-11
Check / Pilot Controlled Check Valves
Valve Type
Graphic
Symbols
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
.3
1
.5
1
2
In-Line
(CIT)
Check Valves
25
(3630)
Right Angle
(CRT/CRG)
2
5
5
10
20
10
20
50
100 200
02
03
06
10
03
06
Right Angle, Flanged Connection
(CRF)
Pilot Operated
Check Valves
25
(3630)
50
Threaded Connection(CP T)
Sub-plate Mounting(CP G) 03
Flanged Connection(CP F)
U.S.GPM
500 1000
Page
500 1000 2000 5000
L /min
498
10
10
06
100 200
16
24
10
504
10
16
497
■ In-Line Check Valves
These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified
is the pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.
Graphic Symbol
Specifications
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
25
(3630)
0.04 (6)
0.35 (50)
0.5 (70)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.1 (.22)
CIT-02- -50/5080/5090
16 (4.23)
CIT-03- -50/5080/5090
30 (7.93)
CIT-06- -50/5080/5090
85 (22.5)
CIT-10- -50/5080/5090
230 (60.8)
0.3 (.66)
0.8 (1.8)
2.3 (5.1)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 m m2 /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).
CI
T
-03
-04
-50
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Cracking Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
CI:
In-Line
Check Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
02
Design
Standards
50
04: 0.04 (6)
35: 0.35 (50)
50: 0.5 (70)
03
06
50
50
10
50
Note: For In-Line Check Valves, standard type (for petroleum base oils) can be used phosphate ester type fluid.
CIT-02CIT-03CIT-06CIT-10-
-50/5080/5090
-50/5080/5090
-50/5080/5090
-50/5080/5090
"D" Thd.
2 Places
B
A
Inlet Port
Outlet Port
FREE
Model Numbers
mm (Inches)
B
CIT-02- -50
58 (2.28)
19 (.75)
Rc 1/4
CIT-02- -5080
65 (2.56)
22 (.87)
1/4 BSP.F
CIT-02- -5090
58 (2.28)
19 (.75)
1/4 NPT
CIT-03- -50
76 (2.99)
CIT-03- -5080
83 (3.27)
27 (1.06)
3/8 BSP.F
CIT-03- -5090
76 (2.99)
CIT-06- -50
95 (3.74)
CIT-06- -5080
102 (4.02)
CIT-06- -5090
95 (3.74)
Rc 3/8
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/4
41 (1.61)
CIT-10- -5080
CIT-10- -5090
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/4
CIT-10- -50
498
"D" Thd.
A
133(5.24)
60 (2.36)
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
0.7
100
0.6
80
60
CIT-02-50
CIT-02-35
0.4
40
20
0
0.2
CIT-02-04
0
0
0
5
10
1
2
15
3
4
Flow Rate
20
25
6
5
L/min
U.S.GPM
E
CIT-03
Pressure Drop ΔP
PSI MPa
100
0.7
0.6
80
60
CIT-03-50
0.4
40
20
0
CIT-03-35
0.2
CIT-03-04
0
0
0
10
20
2
4
30
6
40 L/min
8
10
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop ΔP
CIT-06
PSI MPa
0.7
100
0.6
80
60
CIT-06-50
0.4
CIT-06-35
40
20
0
In-Line Check Valves
Pressure Drop ΔP
CIT-02
0.2
CIT-06-04
0
0
25
0
75
50
10
125
100
30
20
Flow Rate
L/min
U.S.GPM
CIT-10
Pressure Drop ΔP
PSI MPa
100
0.7
0.6
80
60
CIT-10-50
0.4
40
20
0
CIT-10-35
0.2
CIT-10-04
0
0
0
50
100
20
150
200
250
60
40
Flow Rate
300
L/min
80 U.S.GPM
In-Line Check Valves
499
■ Right Angle Check Valves
These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified
is the pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.
Graphic Symbol
Specifications
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090
40 (10.6)
CRT-06- -50/5080/5090
125 (33)
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090
250 (66)
CRG-03- -50/5090
40 (10.6)
CRG-06- -50/5090
125 (33)
CRG-10- -50/5090
250 (66)
Type of Connection
Threaded Connection
Sub-plate Mounting
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.04 (6)
0.9 (2.0)
0.35 (50)
1.7 (3.7)
0.5 (70)
5.6 (12.3)
0.04 (6)
1.7 (3.7)
0.35 (50)
2.9 (6.4)
0.5 (70)
5.5 (12.1)
F-
CR
T
-03
-04
-50
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Cracking Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
04: 0.04 (6)
50
06
35: 0.35 (50)
50
10
50: 0.5 (70)
50
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
04: 0.04 (6)
50
06
35: 0.35 (50)
50
10
50: 0.5 (70)
50
F:
Special seals
for phosphate
ester type
fluids
(Omit if not
required)
CR:
Right Angle
Check Valve
Design
Standards
& European Design Std.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
CRG-03
CRG-06
CRG-10
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
CRGM-03-50
Rc 3/8
CRGM-03-5080
CRGM-03X-50
Rc 1/2
CRGM-03X-5080
CRGM-06-50
Rc 3/4
CRGM-06-5080
Thread
Size
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
3/8 BSP.F
CRGM-03-5090
3/8 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-03X-5090
1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
3/4 BSP.F
CRGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
CRGM-10-50
Rc 1-1/4
CRGM-10-5080
1-1/4 BSP.F
CRGM-10-5090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
CRGM-10X-50
Rc 1-1/2
CRGM-10X-5080
1-1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-10X-5090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
CRGM-06X-50
Rc 1
CRGM-06X-5080
1 BSP.F
CRGM-06X-5090
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
Yuken can offer flanged connection
valves described below.
For details, contact us.
Model No.
500
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
CRF-10- -50
300 (79.3)
CRF-16- -50
600 (159)
CRF-24- -50
1300 (343)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
Valve
Model
Numbers
CRG-03
M10
45 Lg.
CRG-06
M10
50 Lg.
CRG-10
M10
55 Lg.
Right Angle Check Valves
3/8-16 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
Qty.
1-3/4 Lg.
4
2 Lg.
4
2-1/4 Lg.
6
DIMENSIONS IN
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090
CRT-06- -50/5080/5090
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090
Model Numbers
B
C
D
E
F
"H" Thd.
Rc 3/8
38
62
36
80.5 33
44
(1.50)
3/8 BSP.F
(2.44) (1.42)
(3.17) (1.30) (1.73)
Dia
3/8 NPT
CRT-03- -5090
CRT-03- -50
F
A
A
"H" Thd.
2 Places
CRT-03- -5080
Rc 3/4
54
45
104.5 49
54
74
(2.13)
3/4 BSP.F
CRT-06- -5080
(4.11) (1.93) (2.13)
(2.91) (1.77)
Dia.
3/4 NPT
CRT-06- -5090
E
C
D
CRT-06- -50
Outlet Port
CRT-10- -5080
E
CRG-03- -50/5090
CRG-06- -50/5090
Outlet Port
6
(.24)
H
E
FREE
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
F
D
Inlet Port
C
4 Places
B
A
Model Numbers
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
J
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
Mounting Surface
J
CRG-03
90
66.7
(3.54) (2.63)
11.7
72
42.9
(.46) (2.83) (1.69)
17.5 72.5
30
ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
(.69) (2.85) (1.18)
CRG-06
102
79.4
(4.02) (3.13)
11.3
93
60.3
(.44) (3.66) (2.37)
21.4 84.5
35
ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
(.84) (3.33) (1.38)
Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
CRG-10- -50/5090
Outlet Port
Inlet Port
20.3 (.80)
96.8
(3.81)
120
(4.72)
6
(.24)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
FREE
123
(4.84)
84.1
(3.31)
42.1
(1.66)
97
(3.82)
11.6
(.46)
B
Inlet Port
Rc 1-1/4
80
107
65
130
65
80
(3.15)
1-1/4 BSP.F
(4.21) (2.56)
(5.12) (2.56) (3.15)
SQ.
1-1/4 NPT
CRT-10- -5090
CRT-10- -50
C
6 Places
40
(1.57)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
501
■ Sub-plate
CRGM-03-50/5080/5090
CRGM-03X-50/5080/5090
13(.51) Dia.
2 Places
"B" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places
CRGM-06-50/5080/5090
CRGM-06X-50/5080/5090
11.3
(.44)
90
(3.54)
79.4(3.13)
22
(.87)
60.3
(2.37)
49.2
(1.94)
44.5
(1.75)
39.7
(1.56)
D
B
124
(4.88)
D
77
(3.03)
"H" Thd.
F
27
(1.06)
36
(1.42)
110
(4.33)
"J" Thd.
16
(.63)
80 (3.15) 24 (.94)
45
(1.77)
130
(5.12)
28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
116(4.57)
9.6(.38)
96.8
(3.81)
48.4
(1.91)
21
D (.83)
C
126(4.96)
11.6
(.46)
120
(4.72)
C
D
19
(.75)
B
16.7
(.66)
84.1
(3.31)
67.5
(2.66)
62.7
(2.47)
42.1
(1.66)
B
E
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
A
12(.47)
"J" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
6 Places
E
CRGM-10-50
Thread Size
F
"H" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
12
(.47)
96
(3.78)
30
(1.18)
45
(1.77)
CRGM-10-5090
CRGM-10X-50
135
1-1/4 BSP.F
(5.31)
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/2
177
(6.97)
3/8-16 UNC
140(5.51)
150
(5.91)
M10
1 BSP.F
1 NPT
82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87)
A
3/8-16 UNC
Rc 1
F
136
(5.35)
M10
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
"H" Thd.
2 Places
502
1/2 NPT
Thread Size
E
82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87)
4 Places
CRGM-10X-5090
CRGM-03X-5090
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
C
10
(.39)
CRGM-10-50/5080/5090
CRGM-10X-50/5080/5090
CRGM-10X-5080
1/2 BSP.F
Rc 3/4
CRGM-06X-5090
CRGM-10-5080
CRGM-03X-5080
A
CRGM-06X-50
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Rc 1/2
15
(.59)
CRGM-06-5090
CRGM-06X-5080
3/8 NPT
CRGM-03X-50
E
CRGM-06-50
CRGM-06-5080
CRGM-03-5090
B
11.1
(.44)
"H" Thd.
2 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
3/8 BSP.F
22(.87) Dia.
2 Places
"J" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places
102(4.02)
4 Places
25.5
(1.00)
104
(4.09)
22
(.87)
Rc 3/8
"B" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC
DIMENSIONS IN
A
"A" Thd.
2 Places
Thread Size
"A" Thd.
CRGM-03-5080
10
(.39)
7.1
(.28)
42.9
(1.69)
35.7
(1.41)
31.8
(1.25)
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
104(4.09)
33.3
(1.31)
CRGM-03-50
15
(.59)
C
66.7(2.63)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
32(1.26)
19.5
(.77)
21
(.83)
61
(2.40)
82
(3.23)
102
(4.02)
1.7(.07)
4 Places
70(2.76)
F
90(3.54)
10(.39)
50
(1.97)
167
1-1/2 BSP.F
(6.57)
1-1/2 NPT
"J" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
CRT-03
CRG-03
0.8
80
0.6
CRT-03-50
CRT-03-35
CRT-03-04
0.4
0.2
0
10
0
30
20
5
40
50
60
15
10
Flow Rate
CRG-03-50
0.6
0.4
40
0
L/min
U.S.GPM
CRG-03-35
CRG-03-04
0.2
0
0
10
20
0
CRT-06
30
40
50
60
15
5
10
Flow Rate
L/min
U.S.GPM
CRG-06
PSI MPa
1.4
200
1.2
CRT-06-50
150
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
CRT-06-35
0.4
50
0.2
CRT-06-04
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0
10
20
30
40
Flow Rate
50
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
80
0
0
PSI MPa
1.4
200
1.2
CRG-06-50
150
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
CRG-06-35
0.4
50
CRG-06-04
0.2
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0
U.S.GPM
CRT-10
10
20
30
Flow Rate
40
E
50 U.S.GPM
CRG-10
PSI MPa
200
1.4
1.2
CRT-10-50
150
1.0
0.8
100
CRT-10-35
0.6
0.4
CRT-10-04
50
0.2
0
0
0 5 0 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
0
20
40
60
Flow Rate
80
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
PSI MPa
1.0
140
120
0.8
PSI MPa
175
1.2
150
1.0
100
0.8
0.6
50
0.4
0
0.2
0
CRG-10-35
CRG-10-04
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
0
100 U.S.GPM
CRG-10-50
20
40
60
Flow Rate
80
40
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
PSI MPa
1.0
140
120
100 U.S.GPM
List of Seals
CRT-03-50/5080/5090
CRT-06-50/5080/5090
CRT-10-50/5080/5090
List of Seals & Seal Kits
5
7
4
8
7
6
O-Ring
Seal Kit
3
2
CRT-03
CRT-06
CRT-10
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P24
SO-NB-P32
Qty.
1
KS-CRT-03-50 KS-CRT-06-50 KS-CRT-10-50
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
1
CRG-03-50/5090
CRG-06-50/5090
CRG-10-50/5090
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts
5
7
9
6
4
3
1
2
8
10
List of Seals & Seal Kits
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts
CRG-03
CRG-06
CRG-10
Qty.
7
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P24
SO-NB-P32
1
8
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
2
Seal Kit
KS-CRG-03-50 KS-CRG-06-50 KS-CRG-10-50
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
503
■ Pilot Operated Check Valves
These check valves allow flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction, until operated by pilot pressure
to allow free reverse flow. The specified cracking pressure is required to open the valve to allow free flow direction.
Graphic Symbols
Internal Drain Type
External Drain Type
Specifications
Type of Connection
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Threaded Connection
Sub-plate Mounting
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50
40 (10.6)
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50
125 (33)
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50
250 (66)
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50
40 (10.6)
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50
125 (33)
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50
250 (66)
MPa (PSI)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.04
0.2
0.35
0.5
(6)
(29)
(50)
(70)
3.0 (6.6)
0.04
0.2
0.35
0.5
(6)
(29)
(50)
(70)
3.3 (7.3)
5.5 (12.1)
9.6 (21.2)
5.4 (11.9)
8.5 (18.7)
Model Number Designatioin
F-
CP
T
03
-E
-04
-50
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Drain
Connection
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
Design
Standards
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
CP:
Pilot Operated
Check Valve
CPD:
Decompression
Type Pilot
Operated
Check Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
None:
Internal
Drain
50
04: 0.04 (6)
50
20: 0.2 (29)
50
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
35: 0.35 (50)
50
50: 0.5 (70)
50
06
10
06
10
E:
External
Drain
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model
Numbers
N.American
Design Standard
Qty.
CP G-03
M10
45 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
1-3/4 Lg.
4
CP G-06
M10
50 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2 Lg.
4
CP F-10- - -50
250 (66)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
6
CP F-16- - -50
600 (159)
25 (3630)
CP G-10
504
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves
described below.
For details, contact us.
50
M10
55 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2-1/4 Lg.
Model Numbers
Pilot Operated Check Valves
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
CP G-03
CP G-06
CP G-10
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
3/8 BSP.F
HGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
3/4 BSP.F
HGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
HGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
HGM-03-2080
HGM-03X-20
Rc1/2
HGM-03X-2080
HGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
HGM-06-2080
HGM-06X-20
Rc 1
HGM-06X-2080
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
HGM-10-20
Rc 1-1/4
HGM-10-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
HGM-06X-2090
HGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
HGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
HGM-10X-2080
1-1/2 BSP.F
HGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available, specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mountingsurface should
Sub-plates are shared with those for H Type Pressure Control Valves. Refer to pages 244 to 246 for dimensions.
E
Operation of internal and external drain types
When the outlet side P1 is directly connected to the tank in reversed
free flow (Fig. a), the internal drain type is normally used. When
the back pressure is applied to the outlet side P1 (Fig. b), be sure
to use the external drain type.
P2
DR
Minimum pilot pressure characteristics
That depends on the pressure of the inlet side P2 in the reversed
free flow.
This value can be determined from the characteristics chart.
Cautionson replacementof 20 design low crackingpressure
t y p e v a lv e s w it h 5 0 d e s ig n v a lv e s .
In 20 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.035 MPa (5 PSI)
(Code "5"), for closing the valve completely and certainly, it was
necessar y to introduc e the pressurize d oil into the drain port to
push down the piston compulsory.
While in 50 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.04 MPa (6
PSI) (Code "6"), it has such structure that the valve can be closed
completely and certainly without introducing the pressurized oil
into the drain port. On the contrary , what is worse is that if the
pressurized oil is introduced into the drain port, the oil acts towards
the direction o f opening the valve, which i s very dangerous and
has to be absolutely avoided. Therefore, please do not supply any
pressurized oil into the drain port in case of using 50 design valve.
P2
P1
P1
(Fig.a)
(Fig.b)
Instructions
WARNING
The machinery, if misused due to failure to observe
the "Cautions" on the left, may perform
unforeseeable movements, resulting in a disastrous
accident.
505
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
H
E
Free Flow Inlet or Reversed
Controlled Flow Outlet Port
"N" Thd.
K
L
D
FREE
F
J
Drain Port
"P" Thd.
C
Free Flow Outlet or
Reversed Controlled
Flow Inlet Port "N" Thd.
B
A
Model Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50
CPT/CPDT-03- - -5080
CPT/CPDT-03- - -5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50
CPT/CPDT-06- - -5080
CPT/CPDT-06- - -5090
Dimensions
A
B
C
D
E
Pilot Port
"P" Thd.
mm (Inches)
F
H
Thread Size
J
K
L
"N" Thd.
38
80
40
39
150.5 84.5
60
29
67.5 26.5
(1.50)
(3.15) (1.57) (1.54) (5.93) (3.33)
(2.36) (1.14) (2.66) (1.04)
Dia.
Rc 1/4
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
62
96
48
47
171.5 92.5
72
35
75.5
31
(2.44)
(3.78) (1.89) (1.85) (6.75) (3.64)
(2.83) (1.38) (2.97) (1.22)
SQ.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1/4
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50
80
140
70
64
203.5 113
82
40
96
43
(3.15)
1-1/4 BSP.F
CPT/CPDT-10- - -5080
(5.51) (2.76) (2.52) (8.01) (4.45)
(3.23) (1.57) (3.78) (1.69)
SQ.
1-1/4 NPT
CPT/CPDT-10- - -5090
506
"P" Thd.
Rc 3/8
1/4 BSP.F
1/4NPT
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
A
B
C
J
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
FREE
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Pilot Port
F
Drain Port
4 Places
Free Flow Inlet or
Reversed Controlled
Flow Outlet Port
Dimensions
Model Numbers
mm (Inches)
Mounting Surface
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
90
(3.54)
66.7
(2.63)
11.7
(.46)
150.5
(5.93)
42.9
(1.69)
66
(2.60)
62
(2.44)
30
(1.18)
ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
102
(4.02)
79.4
(3.13)
11.3
(.44)
171.5
(6.75)
60.3
(2.37)
67.5
(2.66)
74
(2.91)
35
(1.38)
ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed
Controlled Flow Inlet Port
11.1
(.44)
E
119
(4.69)
96.8
(3.81)
89
(3.50)
D
E
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed
Controlled Flow Inlet Port
6
(.24)
H
6
(.24)
40
(1.57)
FREE
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
70
(2.76)
203.5
(8.01)
84.1
(3.31)
42.1
(1.66)
Drain Port
6 Places
Pilot Port
Free Flow Inlet or
Reversed Controlled
Flow Outlet Port
507
Pressure Drop
CPG-03, CPDG-03
PSI
PSI MPa
175
1.2
150
CP T-03- -50
CP T-03- -35
CP T-03- -20
0.8
100
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
CPT-03, CPDT-03
CP T-03- -04
0.4
50
Reversed
Controlled Flow
0
0
0
10
20
0
30
40
5
60
50
10
140
MPa
1.0
120
0.8
100
80
CP G-03- -20
60
0.4
20
0
U.S.GPM
PSI
200
CP T-06- -20
0.8
50
0.4
0
0
CP T-06- -04
0
25
0
50
100
75
125
20
30
Flow Rate
10
150
Reversed
Controlled Flow
175 200 L/min
40
50
CP T-10- -20
CP T-10- -04
0.9
100
0.6
50
0.3
0
0
0
50
0
100
200
150
250
300
40
60
Flow Rate
20
15
L/min
U.S.GPM
CP G-06- -50
150
CP G-06- -20
0.8
100
50
0.4
0
0
CP G-06- -04
0
25
50
75
100
Reversed
Controlled Flow
150 175 200 L/min
125
20
30
Flow Rate
10
PSI MPa
300
2.0
CP T-10- -35
1.2
150
10
60
40
50 U.S.GPM
CPG-10, CPDG-10
CP T-10- -50
1.5
200
50
CP G-06- -35
0
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
250
MPa
1.8
MPa
1.4
U.S.GPM
CPT-10, CPDT-10
PSI
40
5
1.2
CP T-06- -35
150
100
30
CPG-06, CPDG-06
CP T-06- -50
1.2
20
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
225
200
10
0
CPT-06, CPDT-06
MPa
1.6
Reversed
Controlled Flow
0
0
Flow Rate
PSI
CP G-03- -04
40
L/min
15
CP G-03- -50
CP G-03- -35
Reversed
Controlled Flow
350 400 L/min
80
100
250
CP G-10- -35
200
1.2
CP G-10- -20
150
100
50
0
CP G-10- -04
CP G-10- -50
1.6
0.8
0.4
Reversed
Controlled Flow
0
0
U.S.GPM
0
50
100
150 200
20
40
250 300 350
80
60
Flow Rate
400 L/min
100 U.S.GPM
Min. Pilot Pressure Chart
PSI
MPa
12
1700
Minimum Pilot Pressure (PP)
1600
10
1400
P2
1200
P2
P1
P1
PP
PP
Cracking Pressure
0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
0.04 MPa (6 PSI)
8
1000
6
800
P2
600
4
P1
Cracking Pressure
0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
0.04 MPa (6 PSI)
400
2
PP
A
200
A : Min. Pilot Pressure to open the Decompression Valve
0
0
0
10
5
0
500
1000
15
20
2000
1500
2500
3000
25
MPa
3500
PSI
Supply Pressure (P2)
Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow Only when Decompression Valve is Opened
CPDT-06, CPDG-06
2000
15
10
1000
0
5
0
0
0
508
5
1
10
15
2
3
Flow Rate
4
20
5
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000 20
2000
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000 20
15
2000
10
1000
25 L/min
6
CPDT-10, CPDG-10
Pressure Drop ΔP
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000 20
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
CPDT-03, CPDG-03
U.S.GPM
0
1000
5
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
6
30
40
8
10
Flow Rate
50
12
14
60 L/min
15
10
0
16 U.S.GPM
5
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
Flow Rate
150
200 L/min
40
50 U.S.GPM
■ List of Seals
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
5
12
1
19
10
4
20
16
3
21
2
18
7
17
8
11
13
15
9
CPDT-03/06/10
E
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
11
12
13
Part Numbers
Qty.
CPT/CPDT-03
CPT/CPDT-06
CPT/CPDT-10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
1
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P29
SO-NB-P36
1
O-Ring
SO-NB-G25
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
5
4
1
14
19
3
20
12
22
23
10
24
2
21
7
CPDG-03/06/10
13
6
8
15
9
6
16 18 11
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
11
12
Part Numbers
Qty.
CPG/CPDG-03
CPG/CPDG-06
O-Ring
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
1
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
2
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
2
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P29
SO-NB-P36
1
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-G25
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
1
CPG/CPDG-10
Note: When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits
Model Numbers
Seal Kit Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
KS-CPT-03-50
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
KS-CPT-06-50
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
KS-CPT-10-50
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
KS-CPG-03-50
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
KS-CPG-06-50
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
KS-CPG-10-50
509
510

YUKEN Hydraulic Equipment - Hydrolico International inc.

Transcription

Similar documents

moto drive - Master Power Transmission

Yuken Flow Controls